extracted_text:
T p e H P O B O q H bl e
AHI'JIMÌiCR11ji
f13b1K
Practice
                          EXAM PAPERS           for the Russian
National Exam
2010
Revised edition
Student's Book
Olga
Afanasyeva - Virginia Evans - Victoria Kopylova
                            Express
Publishing       PROSVESHCHENIYE
О. В. Афанасьева, В. Эванс, В. В.
Копылова
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ
ЯЗЫК
Единый государственныйг
экзамен
Тренировочные задания
Пособие для учащихся общеобразовательных учреждений и школ с углублённым
изучением английского языка с приложением на электронном носителе
Москва
Express Publishing
«Просвещение»
2010

                                   373.167
                        ББК       81.2Англ-922
А94
Авторы: О.В. Афанасьева, В. Эванс, В.В. Копылова №thors: 01ga Afanasyeva
Mrginia Evans, Victoria kopylova
Rknowledgements
Althors' *knowledgements
We would like to thank all the staf at Express Publishing who have
contributed their skills to producing this book. Thanks аге due in particular
to: Megan Lawton (Editor-in-Chief); Stephanie Smith and Sean Tedd (senior
editors), Michael Sadler and Andrew Wright (editorial assistants); Richard
White (senior production controller) and the Express Publishing design теат and
Rachel Robbins, kevin Harris, Tmothy Forster, Eric Simmons, Christine Little
and Eric Taylor for their support and patience.
We would also like to thank those institutions and teachers who piloted
the manuscript, and whose comments and feedback were inva|uable in the
production of the
While every effort has Ьееп made to
trace all the copyright holders, if опу have Ьееп inadvertently overlooked the
publishers will Ье pleased to таКе the necessary orrangements at Же first
opportunity.
Учебное издание
Афанасьева Ольга Васильевна
Эванс Вирджиния
Копылова Виктория Викторовна
Английский язык
Единый государственный экзамен
Тренировочные задания
Пособие для учащихся общеобразовательных учреждений и школ с углублённым
изучением английского языка с приложением на электронном носителе
центр группы германских языков
Руководитель Центра В.В. Копылова
Зам. руководителя Центра по проектам И.Н. Темнова
Руководитель проекта Ю.д. Смирнов
Выпускающий редактор мд. Семичев
Редактор СЮ Денисова
Корректор Н.д. цухай
Налоговая льгота — Общероссийский классификатор продукции ОК 005-93 -
953000. Изд.лиц. Серия ИД № 05824 от 12.09.01. Подписано в печать
соригинал-макета 12.10.09. Формат 60х90/8. Бумага писчая. Гарнитура Прагматика.
Печать офсетная. Уч.-изд. л. 19,74. Тираж 10 000 экз. Заказ № 5178.
Открытое акционерное общество «Издательство «Просвещение». 1 27521 ,
Москва, 3-й проезд Марьиной рощи, 41 .
Express Publishing. Liberty Ноше, New Greenham Park, Newbury, Berkshire
RG19 6HW Тек: (0044) 1635 817 363 Fax: (0044) 1635 81 7 463 e-mail:
inquiries@expresspublishing.co.uk http://www.expresspublishing.co.uk
ОАО Тверской ордена Трудового Красного Знамени полиграфкомбинат детской
литературы им. 50-летия СССР. 1 70040, г. Тверь, проспект 50 лет Октября, 46.
© Express Publishing, 2010
                           ISBN
978-5-09-022296-9                                                                             ©
Издательство «Просвещение», 201 0
Все права защищены

Practice Test 1

4

Practice Test 2

12

Practice Test 3

20

Practice Test 4

28

Practice Test 5

36

Practice Test 6

44

Practice Test 7

52

Practice Test 8

60

Practice Test 9

68

Practice Test 10

76

Practice Test 1 1

84

Practice Test 12

92

Practice Test 13

100

Practice Test 14

108

Practice Test 1 5

116

Practice Test 16124

Practice Test 1 7

132

Practice Test 18

140

Practice Test 19

148

Practice Test 20

156

MACTb 1 -
  AYAhPOBAHhE

Practice Test 1
Bbl ycm,nuume
6btCRC13btgaHUfl uecmu JtOJEOÔb[X Ji10ôeü O ceoux
XOÕÕu. YcmaH06ume coomaemcmeue Jte.ycðg '-cayðoeo
eoeopstugeeo 1—6 u ymgepyðeHUflMu, ðCIHHbL.WU 6 cnuctce A—G.
ÞIcn0JLb3Yüme rcayôoe ymgepyôeHue, OÕ03HaqeHHoe
õwcgoü, moJLbK0 oðuH pa.3. B 3aÔaHuu ecmb OðHO
JLUZUHee ymgep.ycôeHue. Bbl yc.lbn-uume 3anucb Ô6ayÔbt.
3aHecume cgou omeembl 6 maõ.zugy Bl.
A
I have many different
hobbies and spend a lot of time on them.
B
People close to me
believe that I spend too much time on my hobby.
C
I think that before
trying something new you should get an expert to help you.
D
My hobby helps me
expreès myself and makes me feel alive.
E
I've done some research
to help me develop my talent.
F
I get a lot from my
hobby, but I'm able to help others through it, too. G I often try new and
exciting things without giving it much thought.

1

2

2 Bbl yc.7bttuume õeceôy ôgyx MOJIOÔbtX
AK)ðeü o Bblõope cneguaJLbHocmu. Onpeôenume, ,tcawue
npugeðëHHbLX ym6epyôeHuù Al—A7 coomaemcmewom
coôepyahtuyo moccma (1— True), nmcue He coomeemcmewom (2 — False) u o 6
mewcme He cnasaH0, mo ecmb Ha OCHOgaH1tu mencma HWLb3S1 ôantb Hu
nououcume.1bHoeo, ompugame.J1bHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycjlbtuume
3anucb Ô6ayÔbt. Oó6eôume npaBUJLbHbLÙ
omeem.
Henry
is finding it difficult to decide which course to take.
           1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
Sarah
suggests that Henry visits the careers officer at their school.
           1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
The
careers officer at Sarah and Henry's school has a good reputation.
           1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
The questionnaire Sarah's sister took showed that Engineering would be
best for her. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Sarah's
sister decided to change courses.
          1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Sarah
and Brian are both planning to take the questionnaire online.
          1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
u Sarah
and Henry will find out which career path has better job prospects.
1
True    2 False           3
Not stated
Jacques believes that the most
important rule of diving 1 check your equipment before each dive.
2
not descend too
fast. 3 never dive alone.
Jacques' favourite dive site is 1 Kapalai.
2 Sipadan. 3 Sabah.
Jacques likes this particular dive site because of 1 the varied sea life.
2   the rare species of fish.
3   the good diving conditions.
The Malaysian Government has not allowed accommodation on the island so
as to 1 protect sea life.
2 prevent people from visiting. 3 preserve the environment.
Jacques thought that the accommodation he stayed in 1 suited the
environment.

A 1 4

2    had been damaged by floods.
3    was more comfortable than a hotel.
There is more sea life in shallower waters because 1 there is more food
there.
2 it is attracted to the passing boats. 3 it prefers the conditions
there.
You shouldn't touch the creatures in the sea because 1 you will scare
them away and be unable to take photos.
2   they can be dangerous and hurt you.
3   they can be seriously harmed by
contact.
5
                MACTb 2 - '-ITEHhE                                                      Practice
Test 1
EVcmaH06ume coomgemcmgue *teyðy
aaeon06EŒMU A —H u mel-ccma.uu 1—7. 3auecume ceou omgembL 6 mat5nuuy B2.
ÞIcn0J1b3Yùme 'cayðY10 6!/K6Y monbK0 oðuH pa3. B
3aðaHuu oðuH 3aeon0B01•c JLULUHuÜ.

A  A very important invention
B   Communicating without words
C   A festive meal
D  Healing the sick
I
Puffer-fish contain a powerful poison called 'tetrodoxin' in their organs and
skin that can kill a person within hours. But to the Japanese, puffer-fish (known as 'Fugul
is a delicacy — an expensive dish that people enjoy eating on special
occasions. Tokyo has between 700 and 800 restaurants that serve puffer-fish.
Chefs have to pass a very difficult exam before they are allowed to prepare
this hazardous dish.
2     For over 3,000 years, the Chinese
have used a special range of medical therapies to treat people who are ill.
These therapies include herbal medicine, acupuncture and massage, and they are
still a very important part of the public health care system in China. Today,
some Western doctors also use Chinese medicine. They use it to treat illnesses
that Western medicine can not cure.
3     Earplugs are a wonderful way to keep
out noise. The trouble is, they keep out the sounds you want to hear, too! But
don't worry because in a few years time, you will be able to buy earplugs that
let you hear the sounds you want to hear and block out the ones you don't! The
scientists who are developing these earplugs hope they will be in shops by
2013.
4     In the US, Thanksgiving Day is an
annual one-day holiday on the fourth Thursday of November. On this day, family
and friends all get together to eat a large

E
F
G
H
A
future invention
Helping
communication
Unsafe
medicine
A risky
meal
meal
and to give thanks for what they have. Certain kinds of food are traditionally
served for Thanksgiving dinner — most famously, roast turkey, mashed potatoes
and pumpkin pie.
5     The telephone has changed our lives
more than most people realise. The telephone made instant communication
possible and led to other amazing inventions such as the television and the
computer. Without the telephone, there would be no Internet, no radio and no
mobile phones. Today, a world without the telephone is unimaginable.
6     The Esperanto language was created in
the late 18th century by Dr Ludovic Lazarus Zamenhof. It took him about 10
years to develop. Dr Zamenhof created Esperanto because he wanted to encourage
peace and understanding between people of different countries. He thought that
inventing a simple language that everyone in the world could learn to speak
very easily would help achieve this.
7     By watching other people's body
Ianguage, facial expressions and tone of voice, you can learn a lot. For
example, if your friend tells you he is not angry with you, but his hands are
clenched, his eyes are narrow and his voice is shaking, you can be sure that he
is. So, non-verbal signals can show others what we are really thinking and
feeling!

1 2 3 4 5

6

7

                  I                                                                      YACTb
2 -
2
Tlpogumaüme men-cm u 3an0JL}-tume nponycn•u 1—6 uacmH.wu
npeð.uoyeHuü, OÕ03HatWHHbL,Ytu õYK6a.Mu A—G. C)ôHa
us Ltacmeü 6 cnuoce A—G JLUUHRH.
      3aHecume õwcgy,                                 coomeemcmgwo¿uwo
¼acmb npeð.uoyceHIL¶,

6 maõ.zugy B3.
Russia is
a huge country covering a large part of Eastern Europe and the whole of
northern
Russia's
climate is continental 1) . . Much of the country has only two seasons; summer
and winter.
There
are two main reasons for the cold of the Russian winter. Firstly, the large
area of land means that no warm ocean waters are able to affect the land mass.
The second reason is the high latitude of much of the country. Its northern
coastline borders the Arctic Ocean,
The
harshness of the Russian winter causes particular problems for transport. The
rivers remain frozen for long periods in winter, As road transport can also be
difficult, railways and air transport are very important.
A  although the topsoil may thaw out
during the summer
B   which remains frozen for much of
theyear
C   so except in the extreme south,
inland water transport is not possible
D  which drastically affects crop
production some years
As a general rule, the severity and length of winter increase the further
eastwards you go in Russia. The only harbours that remain ice-free throughout
the year are those on the Black Sea coast and around Murmansk and Archangelsk,
The sea route along from the Atlantic to the Pacific is kept open for short
periods in the summer with the help of ice-breakers.
The cold is so extreme in northern and eastern Siberia that a phenomenon
called permafrost exists. This is where the soil below the topsoil remains frozen
all year 5) ..... . This raises problems for building construction and
pipelines.
Almost everywhere in the country, rainfall levels are low. In fact, in
some major grain producing areas there can be droughts, 6) ..... The spring and
early summer months are the wettest in much of the country.
E   which means that it experiences
anything from Arctic to hot desert conditions
F    where the wshers of the Gulf Stream
and Atlantic Ocean raise sea temperatures
G  where tea and rice are grown

2

3

4

5

6

As she
leaned over the table to wipe it with the soapy cloth, a strand of hair fell
across her face. Georgina straightened. With her free hand she pushed the hair
back behind her ear and looked over her kingdom. It was a small café
serving simple food and, although it would never make her rich, it was a
living. Outside it was a cold wintry day and the café was full of
lunch-time customers.
At the
table by the door sat a group of construction workers. They were very loud, laughing and joking between mouthfuls
of meat pie and gulps of hot tea. On the next table was old Pete, who had come
to eat his midday meal, alone and silent, just as he had evew day since his
wife died five years ago. He was Georgina's favourite customer because he
didn't bark out orders to her, like many of the other customers did. In a far
corner, a few penniless students and unemployed men were drinking tea and
reading their papers to keep out of the cold.
In her
early thirties, Georgina was small and plump with dark hair and a complexion
that had become pale from constantly working inside the café. She paid
little attention to her appearance, wearing practical, but shapeless, clothing
covered by an apron. She was too weary to care how she looked, what with
working such long hours to run the café singlehandedly. Yet, even though
looking attractive was the last thing on her mind, she couldn't disguise her
pretty face and fine large eyes.

When she was younger, Georgina
had imagined that she would have a glamourous career and travel the world. But
leaving school at sixteen with no qualifications did little to open the doors
of opportunity for her. In a way, she supposed, she should be grateful that her uncle had
left his business to her. She was her own boss, following orders from no one.
Yet she found it hard to be thankful for the way her life had turned out,
working hard every day in the café. It was a life that would probably
remain exactly the same until she could claim her pension in another thirty years.
The
trouble with Georgina was that she was afraid to make changes. Instead of
carrying on the little café just as her uncle had left it, she had
dreamt of turning it into a trendy bistro. She had the skills, she could cook
good food, but she was afraid of failure. So she found herself stuck in a rut
of her own making, desperate for some excitement, some change in her life, and
in total despair of ever making it happen.
Georgina
came back to earth as one of the workmen shouted for her to bring some fresh tea
over to their table. She still had many hours of work to do before she returned
to her small nat to curl up on the sofa with her cat and watch some television.
Once she had finished serving customers she would have to clean the
café, as well as prepare everything to be cooked the next day. Her shoulders slumped a little at
the thought, as she turned back to the kitchen to make more tea.
As she
put the fresh pot on the table, the door opened and a sharp blast of cold air
brought goose pimples to her bare arms. In the doorway stood a young man
looking confused. Georgina looked over to him and asked him to shut the door
before he let any more of the cold in. "I just want some directions for a
street nearby," he explained. Georgina laughed and told him that it was
quite safe for him to come inside and have a warming cup of tea while getting
the directions he needed. The young man was welldressed and didn't look as
though he spent much time in ordinary cafés but, as he stepped inside
and closed the door behind him he smiled at her and said, "I don't mind if
I do."

                    I                                                                     '-IACTb
2 - 'ITEHhE
In the first paragraph, the writer suggests that Georgina 1 was busier
than usual that day.
2     was quite satisfied with her
café.
3     felt proud of the food she served.
4     found it difficult to survive
financially.
Many of Georgina's customers that day i            1 seemed lonely.
2     were rude and demanding.
3     didn't have enough money to eat
anywhere else. 4 only came to her café to stay warm.
Georgina was not worried about what she wore because 1 she felt
unattractive whatever she wore.
2      her apron covered her clothes anyway.
3      her main concern was to be
comfortable.
4      she didn't have the energy to think
about it.
Georgina had first started working in the café because 1 she had
inherited it from a relative.
2      she was unable to find any other job.
3      she wanted to run her own business.
4      she liked the idea of having such a
steady, predictable job.
The writer uses the phrase 'stuck in a rut' in paragraph five to show
that Georgina 1 had not succeeded in her business.
2     had unrealistic ambitions for the
café.
3     felt unable to make changes to her
life. 4 refused to give up her dreams.
On her way back to the kitchen Georgina was 1 unhappy about having to
make more tea.
2     angry that a customer had shouted at
her.
3     aware of the amount of work she still
had to do.
4     disappointed she would stay at home
that evening.
The writer suggests that the young man who entered the café 1
thought he recognised Georgina.
2     was afraid of something.
3     had mistaken it for another nearby
café.
4     was different from the café's
usual customers.

Tlpogumaüme
npueeOëHHbLù Huye men-cm. TIpeoõpa.3Yüme, ec.uu
Heoõxoôu.uo, C.wea, HaneqamaHHbte 3aeJta6Hb1Jtu 6WC6a.Mu 6 KOHge
cmpo}£, OÕO.3HageHHbLX H0JtepaMu B4—BIO, maR, qmoõbt OHU
coomgemcmB06auu coðepyamuo meKcma. 3an0JLHume nponyc}cu nouyqeHHb[.uu cuoea.wu.
I-Cayôbtü nponycl£ coomgemcmgyem ornÔeUbH0.uy
.3aôa1--tu}0 113 epynnbl B4—BIO.
Overcoming Fear

For a long time, young Peter was scared of dogs and he why. His friends
  were happy to play with every dog in the neighbourhood, but not Peter. One
  day, he was out with his mother when they saw a strange-looking dog. Peter
  was frightened and he wanted to run away, but his mother said: "Oh,
  look! That dog is just like the one that jumped into your cot when you were a
  baby!" Peter was silent, but he hard. "So that's why I have this
  fear," he said to himself.
The next
  day at school, Peter had to read out his homework, a short paragraph he about
  himself. "l used to be afraid of dogs," he read to the class,
  "but now that I know the reason why I ..... ..... ... to like
  them." Some of the children but the teacher said he was very brave to
  talk about his fear. "Perhaps one day you ........................... a
  dog of your own, just like all your friends," she said.
Today, Peter has not one, but three
  dogs, and he is a happy young man without any fears.

NOT KNOW
WALK
THINK
WRITE
LAUGH
HAVE

2
Tlpoqumaùme npueeôëHHb[ü Huye mencm.
ITpeoõpa3Yùme, ec.'tu Heoõxoðu.M0, cuoga,
HaneyamaHHbte .3aena6Hb1Jtu õwcgantu 6 KOHL4e cmpon,
OÕ03HayeHHb[X H0.wepa.uu B11—B16, marc, qmoõbl OHU apantJtamuqech€u
u Jtežccuttecnu coomeemcmeoaa„wu coðepyamuo me}ccma. 3anoJLHume
nponyc}cu nOJtyqeHHbt.MU cuoea.ltu. KaycôbLù nponycK
coomæmcmeyem omôeJ1bH0Jty 3aðaH11}0 epynnbl Bl 1 —B16.
Stonehenge

Not far from the city of Salisbury in the southwest
  of England stands Stonehenge, one of the .. ... .... prehistoric monuments in
  Britain.
.... ..... ..... love this amazing monument - about 800,000
  people visit it each year!
From the
  remains of tools found at the site, scientists have discovered that work
  started on
Stonehenge
  about 6,000 years ago, but the gigantic stones that make it . .            today
  were added a thousand years hater.
Because there are no
  written records, nobody             ..... ..... knows why Stonehenge was
  built.
Some people, however, believe that it was used to calculate
  the of the sun and moon, but as one scientist has said: "Most of what
  has been stated about Stonehenge is nonsense. "
So, we may never find out for sure
  the reason for Stonehenge's

VISIT
REAL

EXIST

'IACTb 3 - rPAMMAThKA

JlEKChKA

1

3 Ilpogumaüme mel-ccrn c nponycn•a.uu,
OÕ03HWWHHb1MU HOMepantu A22—A28.9mu
Homepa coomgemcmgwom .3aÔa7--tuH.1t Ä22—A28, 6
nomopbl„r npeðcma6JWHbt 803.MOY Hbte gapuaHff1bL omærnog.
Oõgeôume H0Jtep 6bLÕpaHHoeo ga,wu gapuartma omeema.

The Best Season
Most people say they prefer spring or
summer, but early autumn is the time when I most want to be in England.

A22

A23

A25

Surprisingly, the weather is often
better in September and October than it is in the• . ..... ot summer. This is
really the time to get out and enjoy the beauty of the English countryside.
Already the children have to school and, with fewer people looking  . hotel rooms, accommodation is a
tot less ...... than in the
summer season.
At this time of year, you will find
that the English woods and forests are breathtakingly beautiful. Few things are
more enjoyable than A26 .
slowly through an English wood on a sunny morning in early autumn, walking a
crisp carpet of fallen orange, gold and brown leaves in the still, cool air.
The world seems at A28 . when the weather is like this and I always feel
relaxed in a golden English wood in mn.

           A22            1 close                 2 middle                  3
period              4 time
A.23          1 returned      2 departed     3 attended     4 left   A.24   1 at     2 for       3 from 4
to
                              1
wealthy            2 valuable               3 rich                  4 expensive
1 striding       2 marching    3 strolling      4 racing A.27            1
across 2 by    3 through       4 away
                            1 calm                  2 peace                    3
comfort           4 happiness

MACTb 4 - nncbM0

You have received a letter from your
English-speaking pen-friend David who writes:
Tell me 0/1 about gour school. What are the teachers like? What sports
facilities does the school have ?
Mg school has just built a new gym; it's great! Have gou joined any school
clubs? It's mg basketball team's first match of the season on Saturday ...
Write a letter to David. In your letter          answer his
questions ask 3 questions about his basketball match
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter
writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"Many children are becoming overweight. Some people feel schools
should ban the sale of junk food to help solve this problem. "
What is your opinion? Do you think schools should ban the sale of junk
food? Write 200250 words.
Use the following plan:
write an
introduction (state the problem/topic) express your personal opinion and give
reasons for it give arguments for the other point of view and explain why you
don't agree with it draw a conclusion

Bbl yc.ÆbLtuume
6bLCwa3bteaHU5Z uecmu MOJLOÔbLX Ji10ðeü O MOÔe u
oðeyðe. J7crnaH06ume coomeerncmgue JŒeyðy
6bLCKa3bteaHUflMU 'cayðoeo eoeopgueeo 1—6 u ymeepyðeHUHMU, ðaHHbLMU
6 cnucŒce A—G. ÞIcn0JLb3Yüme Icayôoe ymeepyôeHue,
OÕ03HaqeHHOe ÕYK60Ü, mont,K0 OÔUH pa3. B
3aÔaHLŒu ecmb OÔHO ILLLULHee ymeepyðertue. Bbl
ycJLbLu¿ume 3anucb ÔeayÔbL. 3aHecurne cgou omeernbL 6
maõ.nugy BI.
A      I like to express who I am through
the clothes I wear.
B      I think it's possible to wear the
latest fashions and have your own style as well.
C      I believe it's easy to dress well
without spending a lot.
D      It's not so bad for everyone to wear
the same thing.
E       I'm upset because I have to wear
clothes that aren't fashionable.
F       I feel others treat me differently
according to what I'm wearing.
G      I'd rather wear clothes that I feel
comfortable in than clothes that are in fashion.

MACTb 1 - AYAMPOBAHVIE

2      Bbl yc.ÆbLLUUme
õeceðy ôeyx ðpY3eü o npoõue„wax 60
6.3aUJWOnOHU.wa,LLUU c poðume.nmzu. Onpeðenume, }cmcue
npugeðëHHbtx ymeepyðeHuü Al—Ä7 coomeemcmewom
coðepyamno me'ccma (1— True), '-catcue He coomeemcmewom (2 — False) u o
LLëM 6 mewcme He cwa3aH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUU mŒcma ðamb
nOJLOYUmeJ1bHOeO, Hu ompugame.ÆbHoeo omgema (3 — Not stated). Bbl
ycJLbLuume 3anucb ðeayÔbL. Oõeeôume nPa6UJLbHbLÜ
omeern.
Alice's
parents argue with each other a lot.
1
True 2 False           3
Not stated
 Alice's parents got angry after
seeing the phone bill.
                    1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Alice's school marks are worse than they used to be.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Alice
doesn't spend enough time on her homework.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Alice's
friends are having lots of arguments with their parents, too.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
                    Alice thinks her
parents will agree to James' idea.
                    1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
James
thinks Alice's parents will buy her a new phone if she does better at school.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
3      Bbl yc.ÆbLuume urunep6b'0 C
JIWIC¼UHOÜ 06 ocoõeHHocmax UPa3JLUU-LU£X 6
OÕYIWHUU .MaJLbW}-coe u ðeeowe}c. B 3aôaHugx A8—A14
oõgeðurne gucþpy 1, 2 UJU 3, coomgemcmeyIOU4Y}O HO.,uepy
BbLÕPaHHOeO gaJWU gapuaHtna omeema. Bbl yc.Lbtuume 3anucb
ÔeayÔbL.
According to Mr Nixon, science subjects are likely to appeal to 1 boys.
2     girls.
3     boys and girls.
Mr
Nixon says that if boys don't like a subject, they say it is
1
too difficult. 2
boring.
3 more
suitable for girls.
AI O According to Mr Nixon, boys would learn better from
stories if 1 they were the kind of stories they liked reading.
2
they
understood why they were reading them. 3 they weren't forced to read them.

All

Mr Nixon suggests that when boys use
computers to do something, 1 they only do the job they have been given.
2 they may damage them. 3 they learn other things as well.
A 1 2 According to Mr Nixon, the sentence, "We know she
loves him" was probably written by 1 a boy.
2
a girl.
3
a man.
A 13 Mr Nixon says that girls are better
at writing about science 1 because they try harder.
2 because they have better writing skills. 3 only if they enjoy the
subject.

A 14

According to Mr Nixon, students who wrote articles for a magazine did
well because 1 they enjoyed reading them afterwards.
2 they had help from their teacher. 3 the articles were not for school.

3

4

5

6

7

1
  Sandwiches — or 'sarnies' as Brits like to call

occasion of going to the shopping centre

them — were first eaten in Western
  Europe, but

with their friends.

they are now enjoyed in countries all around

 5

Many people are trying to do their
  part to help

the world. Sandwiches have been a favourite

solve environmental problems by
  making

lunchtime
  snack in Britain for years. Each year

better
  choices about what they buy. Consumers

more than 2 billion are sold there.
  The most

are learning more about which
  products are

popular sandwich filling is chicken, which

recyclable,
  non-toxic and energy efficient and

accounts for 30% of all sandwich
  sales.

deciding their purchases based on
  this

2 Some experts say that a visit to
  the countryside

information.
  Today, there are more eco-friendly

can be very good for you. Getting close to

products to choose from than ever,
  which

nature can help people who feel
  angry,

shows
  how the buying power of consumers can

depressed, confused, tired or
  stressed, they

make a
  difference.

say. And in fact, a recent report
  showed that

6

In English-speaking countries,
  people

after spending a few hours on a
  farm, 95% of

generally prefer sweet-tasting ice cream

visitors felt less tired.

popular
  flavours include chocolate, vanilla and

3 Recently, several newspapers have
  published

strawberry. But in Japan,
  sour-tasting ice

articles with headlines like 'Bacon sandwich

cream is very popular. Fish-flavoured
  ice cream,

contains more salt than 10 bags of crisps' and

cheese ice cream, beef ice cream and
  garlic ice

'Cheese sandwich has more fat than a

cream
  are just a few of the strange flavours

hamburger'. This came as a shock to
  many

available
  there. But you can also buy sweet ice

people because they thought they
  had been

cream
  in Japan; the two top-selling flavours in

buying something healthy to eat.
  Maybe the

the country are vanilla and
  chocolate.

  best thing to do is to make your
  own sandwich

7

Watermelons are a favourite summer fruit,

at home.

but as they are so big, it isn't
  always easy to

4 Although teenagers research
  merchandise

carry them home from the supermarket. Well,

and learn about the latest trends
  online, it

now farmers have developed a baby

seems that they prefer traditional shopping

watermelon that is only two and a half

when it comes to purchasing the items they

centimetres in size! It is called the Pepquino

want. Teenage boys often buy more online

micro-melon and it looks just like
  a normal-

than girls. They sometimes buy items such as

sized melon but the skin is soft,
  it has a fresh,

music and high-tech gadgets. It
  appears that

crisp taste like a cucumber and it can be eaten

most teenage girls still prefer the
  social

in just one bite!

MACTb
2 - YTEHME

2
Tlpoutumaürne mel-ccm u 3ano.JLHume nponychcu 1—6 gacmmcu
npeÔJLoyceHuÜ, OÕ03HaweHHbLMU Õyweamu A—G. OÔHa           wacmeü
6 cnuc}ce A—G JLULUH£H. 3aHecume õwcey,   coorneemcmewozuwo Yacmb
npeðJtoyeHuq,

6 maõuugy B.
The
earliest example of 'moving pictures' can be found in very old cave paintings.
The
animals in the cave paintings are drawn with their legs in different positions,
1)
Equipment
existed in China in 180 A.D. to show a series of drawings as moving pictures or
'animation', 2) Animation has developed from hand-drawn pictures to using
computer technology to create tens of thousands of images to make cartoons.
Probably the most famous cartoon character of all time is Bugs Bunny, a
rabbit that behaves like a human. He has a great personality; he is easy-going,
never raises his voice and is rarely aggressive. Most people associate Bugs
Bunny with the phrase "What's up, doc?" , 3) .
He has appeared in many
cartoons which are
A  but the rabbit always manages to come out as the winner

B

and deals with everyday issues
such as sibling rivalry and work related stress
C   with his rectangular-shaped head and
spiky hair
D but it wasn't until the arrival of film-making that animation became
sophisticated
generally short
stories in which Bugs has various adventures. Bugs has many rivals such as
Daffy Duck and Yosemite Sam, 4)
One of the most popular cartoons of
recent years is The Simpsons. Each member of the family was drawn so that it
would be recognised by its outline. Bart Simpson, of course, has a very
familiar one 5)
The Simpsons reflects the reality of our world 6) It makes fun of serious
problems and exaggerates everything. The result is that we laugh at ourselves
and forget our own problems — for a while, at least.
The common feature of animals and humans in cartoons is that the
characters never get old. Perhaps this is why many people enjoy them; they are
timeless.
E   so that is why cartoons are popular
F
which he usually
says while chewing a carrot
G  which is an attempt to show the idea
of movement

2
  - '-ITEH"E
3
  Ilpo¼umaüme
  paccwa3 u 6bLnOJLHUme 3að(JHLJ5L A15—A21. B rca:ycðo.pvt 3aðaHuu
  oõeeðume guØpy 1 , 2, 3 UJLU 4, 6bLÕPaHHOMY eaMU
  eapuaHmy omeema.
"The Picture of Dorian Gray", by Oscar Wilde

As soon
as it had finished, Dorian Gray rushed behind the scenes into the green-room.
When he entered the room, Sibyl Vane looked at him, and an expression ofjoy
came over her. "How badly I acted tonight, Dorian!" she cried.
"Horribly!" he answered. "Horribly! It was dreadful. Are you
ill? You have no idea what I suffered." "Dorian," she answered,
"you should have understood. But you understand now, don't you?"
"Understand what?" he asked, angrily. "Why I was so bad tonight.
Why I will always be bad. Why I will never act well again." He shrugged
his shoulders. "You are ill, I suppose. When you are ill you shouldn't
act. You make yourself ridiculous. My friends were bored. I was bored. '
"Dorian,"
she cried, "before I knew you, acting was the one reality of my life. It
was only in the theatre that I lived. You came and you freed my soul from
prison. You taught me what reality really is. Tonight, for the first time in my
life, I saw through the silliness of the empty theatre in which I had always
played. You had made me understand what love really is. Oh Dorian, you
understand now what it means? Even if I could do it, it would be a crime for me
to play at being in love. You have made me see that. "
He threw
himself down on the sofa and turned away his face. "You have killed my
love," he muttered. "You used to stir my imagination. Now I'm not
even curious about you. I loved you because you were marvellous, because you
were intelligent. You have thrown it all away. You are nothing to me now. I
will never see you again. I will never think of you. Without your art you are
nothing. "
The girl
grew white and trembled. "You are not serious, Dorian?" she murmured.
"You are acting. '
"Acting! I leave that to you. You do it so well," he answered.
She moaned and threw herself at his feet. "Dorian, Dorian, don't leave
me!" she whispered. I was thinking of you all the time tonight. But I will
try, really, I will try. Can't you forgive me for tonight? Don't leave
me!" "I am going," he said at last in his calm, clear voice. I
can't see you again. You have disappointed me." He turned and left the
room. In a few moments he had left the theatre.
When he
arrived home, he entered his bedroom. His eye immediately fell upon the
portrait Basil Hallward had painted of him and he started back as if in
surprise. The face seemed to have changed a little. He could see the lines of
cruelty round the mouth as if he had just done some terrible thing. He quickly
glanced into a mirror. He couldn't see any lines like that around his red lips.
What did it mean? Suddenly he remembered what he had said in Basil Hallward's
studio the day the picture had been finished. He had wished that he could
remain young, and the portrait grow old; that his own beauty might not
disappear, and the face in the picture would show all his passions and his
sins. Surely his wish had not come true? Such things were impossible. But,
there was the picture, with the touch of cruelty in the mouth.
Cruelty!
Had he been cruel? It was the girl's fault, not his. He had dreamed of her as a
great artist, had given his love to her because he had thought she was great.
Then she had disappointed him. And yet he still felt regret, as he thought of
her lying at his feet crying loudly like a little child.
But what
about the picture? It held the secret of his life, and told his story. It had
taught him to love his own beauty. Would it teach him to hate his own soul?
Would he ever look at it again?

Dorian Gray seemed to be
1      he realised she did not love him any
more.
2      she gave a bad acting performance.
3      he wanted her to end her acting
career. 4 she refused to admit that she was ill.

A 16

Sibyl told Dorian that he had made her realise that 1 she was a terrible
actress.
2
she could never
give up acting.
3
there is more to
life than the theatre. 4 her love for him was not real.
Dorian said that he had loved Sibyl because 1 she loved him so deeply.
2
he admired her
character.
3
she inspired him
because of her talent. 4 she made him a better person.

A 1 8

Sibyl tried to stop Dorian from leaving her by 1 pretending to be crazy.
2     blocking the exit to the theatre.
3     explaining the reason for her
behaviour. 4 promising not to act again.

A19

As soon as Dorian saw the portrait of himself, he 1 jumped in disbelief.
2
went back to the
theatre.
3
began to feel
afraid. 4 felt regret.
Dorian Gray thought his portrait had changed because 1 he was looking at
it differently.
2     a wish he made had come true.
3     he had told the artist to change it.
4     the artist had chosen to re-paint it.

A21

By the end of the story, Dorian realised 1 that he still loved Sibyl.
2
why he felt so
disappointed.
3
that he was now
sure that Sibyl had behaved wrongly. 4 that his treatment of Sibyl may have
been wrong.
2 .AHTÄMiiCKMii H3b1K. EF3
ITpotLumaüme
npueeôëHHbLü HU.ye merccm. TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecnu
HOÕXOÔUMO, CJLOea, HaneutamaHHbLe .3aena6HbLMU Õwceamu 6
E0Hge cmpmc, OÕO.3Hau¿eHHbLX HOMepaB4—BIO, mal£,
grnoõbL OHU epaMJwamuztec1cu coomgemcmgoga.nu coðepycaH11}0 mewcma.
3ano.11Hume nponyclcu nO.nygeHHbLMU c.i06a.nŒu. ICayðbLü
nponycŒc coomeemcmgyem OrnðeJLbHOMY 3aðaHu.10 u.3 epynnbL B4—BIO.

A Weekend Getaway

One Friday, Brett . that it would be nice to go camping with his best
  friend James at Toad Island for the weekend.
He went over to James' house. James                                                                football
  with his brother.
"Hey,                            James!
  Would you like to go camping tomorrow? The weather .... .... .. good!"
  shouted Brett.
"l would love to. What time              ..
  ........................ (you) of leaving?" asked Brett.
"Oh,
  I don't know. What about 6.30 am?" answered Brett.
"Wow!
  That's early! Let me ask my parents. I            . ..... .... you,"
  said James. James told his mum about the camping trip.
"I'm
  afraid you can't go. We ..... .. tickets to go to Shortland Safari Park for
  the weekend," replied his mum.
"Well, can I invite Brett
  along? I'm sure he* BI O      ..... ..... ... to come," James asked.
"Sure,
  ask him along. Tell him to be here by 10 am," said his mum.
"A more civilised time," said James as he walked
  towards the phone.

DECIDE
PLAY
BE
THINK
  CALL BUY
LOVE

2
ITpotLurnaüme
npueeðëHHbLü Huye me}ccm. TIpeoõpa.3Yüme, ecnu
HeoÕxoOtwwo, CJL06a, HanetLarnaHHbte 3ae.na6HbLMU õwcea.wu e
EOH14e cmporc, OÕ03HaqeHHbLX HOJtepaMu BI I—B16, malc, wrnoõbL
OHU epaMJwamuweocu u coorneemcmeoea.nu coôepyar¿zuo mepccma.
3an.0JLHume nponvcwu nOJLY¼eHHbLMU CJLOeaMU. Kayðblü nponycrc
coomeemcrneyem omðeJLbH0M!/ 3aôaHtuo u.3 epynnbL B11—B16.
Albert Einstein

Albert Einstein was a German-born physicist and the
  most revolutionary physical since Isaac Newton. Einstein changed the way
  physicists view the universe and transformed the way we all see the world.
People are often surprised to learn that Einstein did not do well at
  school. After leaving school at the age of fifteen with no diploma, he
  finally finished his in Switzerland. After this, he got a job as an examiner
  in a patent office. While working there, he began publishing in scientific
  journals.

SCIENCE
EDUCATE

B1 3

papers began a revolution in physics. In short, they
  created modern physics.
But this was just the In 1907, Einstein had what he
  later called "the happiest thought of my life." The thought
  eventually led him to develop the 'General Theory of Relativity' — the theory
  that forever changed our B15
  of the nature of space and time.
This theory was so incredible that
  other physicists have called it 'probably the greatest

BEGIN
UNDERSTAND

                                                       In
1905, Einstein published five. papers. Together, these                                       REMARK

B16

                               ..... ..... ... ever made'.                                              DISCOVER
3
Tlpowmaüme
mencm c nponycrcanzu, OÕ03HatLeHHbLMU HO.MQa.MU A22—Ä28. 3mu
Homepa coomeemcmeylorn 3aðaHU5LM A22—Ä28, 6 womopbLx
npeðcmagueHbL 603M09fC HbLe gapuaHmbL omeemoe. Oõgeôume HOMQ
6bLÕPaHHOeO gantU gapua,wna omeema.
A Disaster

Peter had always loved books.
Not new books that you could . ..... up in any high street bookshop, but old
ones that had passed through the hands of many unknown and long forgotten
readers, books which had the very smell of the A23 peter' s A24 .. of old books was huge. He had spent nearly every
Saturday morning in old bookshops or at secondhand book sales ever since he had
had to leave school and ..... his own living at the age of fifteen. He had
always managed to come away with at least one book on these visits, and books
finally .. .... every corner of every room in his house.
He had
never married, and some people argue even today that this was just as well
because no wife would have put ... ... the dust and smell of so much old paper.
Others, perhaps more wisely, say that, if Peter had had a wife to look him, the
terrible fire which completely destroyed both the books and the house would
never have started.

A22

1 pick

2

find

3

ta ke

4

look

A23

1 old

2

previous

3

past

4

history

1 gathering

2

collection

3

group

4

selection

A25

           1 earning

2

gaining

3

winning

4

taking

A26

1 contained

2

covered

3

piled

4

filled

A27

1 up with

2

onto

3

over

4

back to

A28

1 after

2 for

3 to

4

over

LIACTb 4 - nhCbMO

You have received a letter from the mother of an
  English host family you have just stayed with while doing a summer English
  course, Mrs Sampson, who writes:
We al rea//g enjoyed having you to stag with us. How
  was gour journey back home? Do gou fee/ that gou improved gour English as
  much as gou hoped? What did gou enjoy most about gour stag in England?
As for
  our latest news, we've just bought a puppy ...
Write a letter to Mrs Sampson. In your letter               answer
  her questions ask 3 questions about the new dog
Write 100-140 words. Remember
  the rules of letter writing.
Comment
  on the following statement.
"These days, the Internet is a popular wag to
  find out information. Some people, however, think this wag of finding
  information has more drawbacks than advantages.
What can you
  say for and against finding information by using the Internet? Write 200-250
  words.
Use the following plan:
 write an introduction (state the
  problem/topic) list the advantages and give reasons/examples  list the disadvantages and give
  reasons/examples e draw a conclusion (give your opinion or a balanced
  consideration of the topic)

              1 - AYAhPOBAHhE          Practice
Test 3
Bbl ycJ1bLtuume
6btCna.3b[6CIHUH tuecmu MOJIOÔb1X enoðeù o npecmynvtenuszx.
VcmaH0gurne coomgemcmeue .ueyðy 6bLCl€a3b1ßCIHUH.WU nayðoeo
eogopmueeo 1 —6 u ymgepyðeHuvqatu, ÔaHHbLMU 6 cnucxe A—G.
Mcn0J1b3Yüme l€ayôoe gymæpyôenue, oõ03HaqeHHoe
õYK60ü, mo.TLbK0 OÔUH pam B 3aôaHuu ecmt, OÔHO
.7LUZUHee ymeeporcÔeH.ue. Bbl ycJ1btuume 3anucb ðeayôbL.
3aHecume C'60u omgembl 6 maõJtuuy BI.
A
I feel frustrated
about the increase in crime.
B
I think there
should be stricter punishments for criminals.
C
We need to fight
crime as a community.
D
Crime is being
fought, t?ut not in the right ways.
E
I don't worry too
much about crime where I live.
F
It's important to
try to reduce certain kinds of crime. G I am concerned about my personal
safety.

1

2

5

6

2      Bbl IJCJtb1tuume õeceôy
ðpy.3eù o '{080M ôo.ue u coceônx. Onpeôeuume,
n-cncue 113 npueeôëHHbtx ymeepyôeHuü Al--A7 coomgemcmgwom
coôepycamuo mencma (1— True), *canue He coomeemcmgwom (2 — False) u o
qëM 6 mnccme He ctcaaaH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06CIHUU mencma ðamb
no.'toyumeJ1bHoeo, Hu ompugame.1bHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl YCJLbLtuume
3anucb Ogayðbt. Oóeeðume npaeu.1bHbtÜ omeem.
Tracy's
new flat is very large.
1       True     2 False 3 Not stated
Tracy
doesn't use public transport.
            1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Jamie
thinks Tracy will get used to the noise in her neighbourhood.
             1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Tracy
moved out of her old flat because of her neighbour's dog.
             1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
 Jamie thinks that Tracy should try to get to know the lady who lives
below her.
             1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Tracys
landlady has lived in the neighbourhood for many years.
             1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
Both
Jamie and Tracy say that good neighbours are important.
             1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated

YACTb
1 - AYAMPOBAH"E

3      Bbl yc.lbltuume 11Hmep8bh0 c
.uyyquH0ü o navyzepax *cownpo.rt.q c,tcopocmu. B
A8—A14
oõ6eôume uurþpy 1 , 2 u.au 3, coont6emcm6wougwo H0.wepy
6b1õpaHHoeo gamu gapuamna om6ema. Bbl ycJ1b1tuume 3anucb
ôgayðb[.
Mark says speed cameras are successful because 1 there are so many of
them.
2     drivers don't know they are there.
3     they remind drivers to drive more
slowly.
On
roads with speed cameras, there are often
1       no deaths from accidents at all.
2       half as many accidents as usual.
3       about 400 fewer accidents per year.

AI O

Mark
says that in the past, some people didn't have to pay their speeding fines
because
1       they changed the number plate on
their car.
2       the photo of their number plate was
not clear.
3

they said they weren't the
person who was driving.
Mark says the advantage of 'mobile' speed cameras is that 1 most people
don't know they exist.
2 they catch more people than fixed cameras. 3 only a few are needed.

A12

Some people believe that it would be better if speed cameras were 1 only
on busy roads.
2 only where they are really needed. 3 on every road.
Mark says that people who lose their driving licenses 1 usually lose them
for twelve months.
2 have been caught speeding four times. 3 have refused to pay their
fines.
According
to Mark, the police
I like
speed cameras because they make money from them.
2     think that speed limits shou'd be
lowered.
3     are happy if drivers know the
location of cameras.

HACTb 2 - '-ITEHhE

Practice Test 3

YcmaH06ume coomgemcmeue
Jteyðy 3ae0J106\ca.wu A—H u mencrna.wu 1—7. 3aHecume cou omeembt e
maõnugy B2 1'lcn0Jtb3Yüme Kayôwo õwcgy nt0J1bK0
oð11H pa3. B .3aðaHuu oÔuH 3aeo.1060K HUIUHUÜ.

A A convenient way to travel

E

Animals in charge

B Adopt an animal

F

Extinct animals

C A bright future for trensport

G

More than entertainment

D An unusual animal

H

Think before buying

1 According to a new survey, many pets are

joke. They believed somebody had sewn a

the 'masters' of their homes. One in ten

duck's
    beak onto the body of a beaver-like

people in Britain say that their
    cat or dog

animal.

sleeps in their bed and eats freshly made

5

With just one small payment a month you

food, for example. What about you? Are

can not
    only save the life of one particular

you the boss of your pet or is your pet the

animal
    that you choose, but you can also

boss of you?

help to protect an entire species. Your donation will be put to very
    good use,

2 There are quite a few companies

funding
    the care and protection of your

producing battery-powered
    vehicles these

animal and
    helping the conservation of its

days. For example, the Tesla
    Roadster

species.
    You will also receive a certificate,

travels at more than 200kph and

stickers
    and photos of your animal to show

accelerates to 100kph in four seconds. Remarkably, it
    looks a lot like any other

you how it's doing.

sports car. Therefore, the cars
    of the future

6

One of the
    best ways to reduce the

will hopefully be greener and quieter than

amount of
    rubbish you create is to shop

the cars of today, but they will look just as

more
    carefully. Never buy more than you

attractive.

need, for example, and try to buy products that are reusable,
    refillable or

3 Using the underground can be a very fast

concentrated.
    Also, don't forget to take

and efficient way to get around a city.

your own
    bags with you instead of using

Trains usually run every few minutes at busy times and
    there are usually several

new ones.

lines that take you wherever you
    want to

7

Most of
    today's zoos keep wild animals.

go. Moreover, you avoid the chaos of the

However,
    this is not just for the

city traffic.

amusement of their visitors, but more importantly for the
    conservation of

4 When the Duckbilled Platypus
    was first

endangered
    species, and also for

discovered in the late 1700s, a
    drawing of

education
    and research. Zoos aim to help

the animal was sent back to Britain. At

save the
    variety of life on Earth through

first, the scientists there thought that the

conservation
    activities such as the

strange collection of features
    must be a

breeding of endangered species.

'IACTb 2 - 'ETEH"E
Tlpogumaüme
mot-cm u 3an0JIHume nponyc}€u 1—6 qacmmtu npeôaoyenuü,
OÕ03HayeHHbLMU õwcea.wu A—G. OÔHa ¼acmeü 6
cnucn•e Jtu1UHHH. 3aHecume õYK6Y, oõo.3Haqa}0tuwo
coomgerncmgwougwo Zlacmb npeð.zoyeHuq,

e maõnugy B3.
Engineers around the world have been very busy working
on a new generation of robots that can do most household chores.
Unlike robots of the past, these new robots can adapt
to different situations I) ..... . Some can even interact directly with humans.
One such
robot is a robot called 'Domo', 2) ..... . Domo has cameras inside his eyes
that enable him to 'see' everything that happens in front of him.
The
information that Domo 'sees' is fed to twelve computers 3) ..... . Domo can
learn how big an object is, for example, and then decide how to put it on a
shelf. Also, if Domo drops something in the middle of doing a task, he can
stop, pick it up, and start again.
A  which process the information and
'decide' how to best deal with a situation
B  who are elderly or disabled with
their everyday household tasks
C

and perform tasks without users
always having to tell them what to do
D  because they could store information
which was used at another time
Across the Atlantic, researchers in Japan have developed the 'Home
Assistant Robot' or HAR. HAR is very good at carrying out many different kinds
of household chores 4) ..... In recent demonstrations, HAR has shown that it
can mop floors, tidy a room, clear a table, open and close doors, move
furniture and even pick up and wash clothes.
HAR is so clever it can even learn from its own mistakes 5) .....
The engineers who made Domo and HAR hope
that these and similar robots will soon be able to assist those 6) ..... . In
this way, they will be able to live more independent lives.
Of
course, these robots could also be useful in places other than homes, such as
in factories to help workers on assembly lines, or on farms.
E
which engineers
at the MIT Humanoid Robotics Group have recently developed
F
which will
probably make it very popular with home owners when it goes on sale
G
so any errors it
makes, such as putting clothes in the fridge, are never repeated
Lisa walked out onto the terrace and gazed at the plumes of smoke coming
from the fOrest on the other side ofthe mountain. Her husband Gabriel. along
with many of the other farmers from the village, was out helping the tice
brigade to try to extinguish the fire. Lisa sighed. It was worrying that the
fire seemed to be getting closer but she told herself that despite the many
fires in the area every summer, the village had never been under threat. She
went back indoors to start making lunch.
Her
children came running through the door just as she was setting the table.
James and Maria were excited about the fire in the distance and kept begging
their mother to take them there to get a closer look. "It will be out betOre
you've finished your lunch" , she told them. But when she looked out of
the kitchen window as she was doing the dishes, she could see that not only was
the fire still burning, but she could now see names. as well as thick smoke,
coming from behind the mountain.
Lisa
tried to call her husband on his mobile phone but he didn't answer. She
realised that he was probably too busy to have a conversation with her at that
moment. But she needed to talk to somebody about the fire. Was the increasing
panic that she was feelingjust an over-reaction? Or were others beginning to
question the safety of the village, too? The only way to find out was to go
down to the local café in the square, where many of the village
residents got together to chat and pass the time. Lisa called the children and
told them they were going tor a walk.

A small crowd had gathered in
the square. Lisa walked over to where a group of women were standing watching
the progress of the flames across the mountainside. Children were running up
and down the square playing a game of tag, unaware of any danger from the fire
in the distance. Lisa asked one ofthe women her opinion on the risk to their
homes. The woman shrugged her shoulders. "The wind will change direction,
it always does", she said. Lisa wasn't convinced, but didn't want to sound
like a tool. or worse. a coward.
As she
walked back towards her home, Lisa decided that she'd rather be laughed at than
risk the safety of her children. With the children strapped securely into the
back seat, Lisa drove the car onto the main road out of the village. She hadn't
got velY tar before her worst fëars were confirmed. Ahead of her. Lisa
could see that the fire had reached the road only a few kilometres Prom the
village. Lisa tried 10 remain calm, even though she felt sick with tèar.
As there was no way she could continue down the road. she returned to the
village to raise the alarm.
Lisa
would have liked, at that moment. to run through the village screaming in
terror. Instead. she stuck her trembling hands in her pockets and tried to look
relaxed because James and Maria had already picked up on her growing concern
and had become unusually quiet. They walked quickly back to the main square in
silence. She gave her news about the fire reaching the outskirts of the village
to the café owner. He was a kind and sensible man and he patted Lisa 's
arm reassuringly as he told her that he would införm the authorities.
The air
in the village began to thicken from the smoke of the approaching fire. Lisa's
fear suddenly turned into something quite different. How could they just leave
the village when they knew that all the residents were trapped and helpless?
Then she heard it. A soft whirring sound in the distance began to grow louder,
until it was unmistakable that helicopters were on their way. Lisa knew she
should feel relieved that they would soon be rescued, but she was just too
frustrated by the slow response of the authorities to feel anything but disgust
and fury.

Lisa wasn't too concerned about the
fire at first because 1 she knew many people were fighting it.
2 there were fires in the area every summer. 3 she didn't
think it would reach the village. 4 she knew her family was safe.
Al 6 After Lisa had gone indoors, she realised that the
fire 1 was spreading very fast.
2     was bigger than previous fires.
3     was closer than she had thought. 4
was becoming more intense.
Lisa decided to go to the village square 1 to take her mind off the fire.
2    to see if there was any more news
about the fire.
3    to get her children to safety.
4    to discover if others were anxious
about the fire.
Lisa didn't express her fears to the woman in the village because 1 she
still hoped she was wrong about them.
2     she was worried about what she would
think of her.
3     she didn't think she would listen to
her. 4 she didn't want to cause any panic.
The
writer uses the phrase 'to raise the alarm' in paragraph five to mean that Lisa
would
1
organise the
villagers.
2
warn the village.
3
help unblock the
road.
4
keep the
villagers calm.
A20 Lisa's children
1       had realised that their mother was
worried.
2       helped their mother to calm down.
3       didn't seem to know that anything was
wrong. 4 started to panic about the fire.
When
she heard the helicopters approaching, Lisa felt
I
relieved.
2     hopeless.
3     angry.
4     amazed.
                    3 - rPAMMATMKA                                         3
llpoqumaüme
npugeôëHHb1ù HUYe men-cm. TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu
HeoÕxoÔu.uo, c.i0m, HaneqamaHHbte .3aeJta8Hb1MU õwcga.wu 6
E0Hge cmpon•, OÕ03HaLteHHb1X H0.uepa.uu B4—BIO, mar, wnoõb[ OHU
epa.MJtamuqecnu coomgemcmeoea.'tu coôepth'caHu10 me}ccma. 3an0JIHume
nponycycu nOJtyqeHHb1MU CJ106aMu. Kayâbtü nponycK coomeemcmgyem
ornôeJlbH0MY 3aôaHtno u.3 epynnbt B4—BIO.
School Exchange Programme
. three
fun-filled months in the Republic of Cameroon SPEND teaching English, Stephanie
and Olivia were on a plane back to England. While in Cameroon, they had decided
that when they got to London, they ....... a series ORGANISE of events to raise
money for the ischool .... ..................... at.

"Steph, what about organising
  a sponsored fancy-dress run? We could ask parents to dress up in funny
  outfits and compete against their children," said Olivia.
"That's a great idea. What else could we do?' asked
  Stephanie.
'%at about a barbecue? My dad to have one for ages. We could ask
  him to hold it after the walk," said Olivia.

PROMISE

"Perfect!" exclaimed
Stephanie. "Another thing we could do is have a summer ball."
"Hmm, that might be a bit
difficult to organise. Let me think about it and I
..... ................ you in a few days to talk about it more. I'll know
if we can go CALL ahead with my barbecue idea because .. ..... ...... to my dad
by then!" SPEAK Olivia added.
"Great
idea! Hey, look — I think we . ... ... soon!" Stephanie replied. LAND
"Home sweet home!"
Ilpoqumaüme
npueeôëHHb1ù Huye mencm. Ilpeoõpaayùme, ec„uu
Heoõxoðu.wo, c.'toea, HaneyamaHHbte 3aeaaBHb1.vtu Õwcga.MU 6
KOHge cmpmc, OÕ03HWteHHbLX HO.',tepaMU Bl I—B16, man, umoõbl OHU
epa.MÄtarnuyec1€u u nežccuqecnu coont6emcmgoea.'tu coôepycamno
meKcma. 3ano.'1Hume nponycwu nOJtyqeHHb1MU c.i06a.uu. Kaycðblü
nponycn• coomgemcmgyem omðwtbH0.MY .3aôamno epynnbt BI I—B16.
Cycling Across the Ocean
'The Subhuman Project' is one man's
dream to cycle 3,700 kilometres just below the surtace of the Atlantic Ocean in
a pedal-powered submarine. The man is Ted Ciamillo, an engineer,
.. ............... and entrepreneur, who
says that he hopes to make the journey  INVENT in just fifty days.

Ciamillo
  will pedal two metres below the ocean suttace for 6 hours each day. He wili
  breathe through a(n)..... ..... ...... designed snorkel or, for deeper dives,
  through a scuba system. At night, he will come up to the surface and sleep in
  a tent erected on top of the submarine.

SPECIAL

cameras mounted on the submarine will
record everything from huge whales to tiny plankton. They wil even capture such
as floating rubbish.
Naturally,
marine biologists are excited by the large amount of data Ciarnillo could
gather for them on his
Once a day,
Ciarnillo will meet with a support boat that will follow him for his entire
journey to replace dead batteries, air cylinders and other

MACTb 3 - rPAMMAT"KA h
  JIEKCMKA

3
3 llpoqumaüme mewcm c
nponycnamu, OÕ03HaqeHHb1MU H0Jtepa.wu A22—A28. 9mu Homepa
coomæmcmgwom 3aðaHumt A22—A28, 6             npeðcma6JteHbt
603MOYHbte gapua,ymbL omeem06. Oõeeôume Homep 6b1ÕpaHHoeo
6a.&tu sapuaHma omeema.
The Future
'One day, we
will all have our own helicopters and we will fly to work . of using cars and buses.'
You might laugh at such an impossible
sounding ., but we live in a time when a lot of things that would have sounded
just as impossible to a person a hundred years ago have actually come
If, as a young man, your
great-grandfather had been totd that we would have tiny mobile phones that can
actually send pictures to somebody on the other ..... .. of the world, he would
probably have said that such a thing was impossible, but today we have phones
that can ..... .. exactly that.
So perhaps the child who dreamed  ... ... a future world in which
everyone has a(n)  . helicopter was not so wrong after all

A22

1 rather

2 opposite

3 instead

4 preferably

A23

1 plan

2 idea

3 design

4 purpose

A24

1 fact

2 real

3 right

4 true

A25

1 part

2 face

3 side

4 half

A26

1 make

2 perform

3 complete

4 do

A27

1 for

2 to

3 of

4 after

A28

1 specific

2 particular

3 individual

4 personal

'IACTb 4 -
nucbMO

You have received a letter from your English-speaking
  pen-friend Mark who writes:

. It's not long now until
  I come to visit you! How do / get to your house from the airport? / would
  like to bring a gift for gour parents to sag thank gou for letting me stog
  with them — ang ideas?
Is there anything else that /
  should bring?
Mg grandparents will be celebrating their fortieth
  wedding anniversary next week ...
Write a
  letter to Mark. In your letter               answer his questions ask 3
  questions about his grandparents
Write 100-140 words. Remember the
  rules of letter writing.

Comment on the following statement.
"Distance learning
  e.g. doing courses on the Internet or by post has become very popular
  nowadays.
It mag replace traditional classroom learning in the
  future.
What is your opinion? Do you think distance learning
  is better than traditional classroom learning? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
write an introduction (state the topic) express your
  personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments for the other point
  of view and explain why you don't agree with it draw a conclusion

1 - AYAhPOBAHhE
Bbl yc.ltbltuume
BblC1€a3b16aHUH tuecmu MOAOÔbtX Jl}0ôeü o C60UX
õpambH.r u cëcmpax. YcmaH06ume coomtsemcmeue .weŽHcôy
6btcžca.3bteaHu.q•zu nayôoeo eogopaugeeo 1—6 u ymeepyðeuuwtu,
ÔaHHb1.MU e cnucye A—G. nayðoe ymgepyðehtue, 0603HaqeH1-toe
õw€60ù, mo.'LbKO OÔUH pam B .3aôcutuu ecmb OÔHO
nuzžLHee ymeepyôeHue. Bbl yc.71bnuume 3anucb
ð6ayôbL.3aHecume ceou omeembt 8 maõuugy Bl.
A
My relationship with my
sibling has changed.
B
I have a good
relationship with my sibling, but age does affect it.
C
My sibling doesn't
respect my privacy.
D
I think it's ok to make       of
my sibling.
E
My sibling should accept
the fact that we are different.
F
My parents always
support my sibling in an argument.

1 True                   2 False
Tony is a good tennis player.

3 Not stated

1 True                   2 False

3 Not stated

G
I find my siblings'
behaviour difficult, but I understand it.

1

2

3

4

5

6

2 Bbl
gc.lbttuume õeceôy (96!/.r ðpweù 0 3'1Hqrnuqx e
caoÕoðHoe epe.wt. Onpeôeuume, nanue u.3
npu6eôëHHb1.r ymaepyðeHuü Al—A7 coomeemcmgwom
coðepyanuro merccma (1— True), nanue ne coomgemcm6wom (2 — False) u o 6
mtmccme He cnaaano, mo ecmb Ha OCH06(JHUU mencma He.Ttb3S1 {Jamb nu
no.qoyumeJ1bHoeo, omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl sanucb 06aycðb1.
Oóßeôume nPa6UJibHb[Ü omcem.
Jill's favourite kinds of films are comedies. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Tony has already seen the thriller that's on. 1 True       2 False           3
Not stated
Jill is
fed up of going to the cinema.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
John and Rosie don't want to go to
the cinema.
                  1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
Jilt
doesn't think that going to the cinema is a very sociable activity.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Hiring
a tennis court costs about the same as going to the cinema.
MACTb -
Bbl !JCJLbuuume
pacuca3 ðegyuncu o eo.wcôeHuu agmontoõu.ffl. B .3aðaHunx
Ä8—A14 oõ6eðume uucþpy 1 , 2 UJIU 3, coomeemcmgwougwo
H0Jtepy 6b1ÕpaHHoeo ga,uu gapuaHtna orneema. Bbl yc.'lbttuume .3anucb
Ogaycðbl.
Sally eventually decided to get her driver's license because 1 people
kept asking her why she hadn't.
2      her parents promised to buy her a
car.
3      her younger sister started learning
to drive.
Sally
says she didn't have professional driving lessons because
1       she found them too expensive.
2       her father offered to teach her.
3       her father said they weren't
necessary.
Once Sally got her license, she found that 1 she couldn't afford to run
her car.
2 her friends and family often asked her to drive them around. 3 she
enjoyed the independence it gave her.
In
Melbourne, you are not allowed to drive by yourself before you are
1     16.
2     17. 3 18.
Sally says Australian cities are different from European ones because I
they are generally larger.
2 it is more convenient to drive in them. 3 they don't usually have
buses.

A 13

Sally chose her particular car because I she thought it might be safer.
2 it was different to her friends' cars. 3 it was cheap to run.
According
to Sally, one disadvantage of having a car is that
I it can make you lazy. 2 it's expensive to run.
3
looking after it can be hard work.

A   Dangerous beauty
B   Living in comfort
C   An ancient art
D   A change in meaning
1
The terms
'broadsheet' and 'tabloid' technically refer only to a newspaper's size.
'Broadsheets' are newspapers that have long pages about 22 inches in length,
whereas 'tabloids' are newspapers that have smaller  pages (about 17 inches in length). In
the UK, however, most people now use these terms to mean something else.
'Broadsheets' are serious, more 'intellectual' newspapers, whereas 'tabloids'
are newspapers full of celebrity gossip and sensational stories.
2
The Inuit people
(or 'Eskimos' as they were once known) are hunters and fishermen, living off
animal life in the Arctic. They catch whales, walruses and seals from the sea
and hunt oxen and caribou on land. There aren't many plants in the Arctic, so
the Inuit supplement their diet with seaweed. They catch sea mammals by making
holes in the sea ice and waiting for seals and walruses to use them when they
need air.
3
Glamour magazine
was first published in the UK in 2001. At the time, women's magazines were
quite large. Glamour, however, was different — it could fit into a small bag.
Readers loved it. In fact, Glamour was so popular that eventually all the UK's
other leading women's magazines started printing these handbag-sized magazines.
4

Rich people in ancient Egypt
lived in large houses that had several rooms. Floors were covered in coloured
tiles and walls were
E    Making a living from the sea
F     An interesting read
G   Living off the land and sea
H   A 'smaller' read
painted. Many
houses had gardens and pools. In ancient Rome, the upper classes also enjoyed a
good standard of living. Houses had beautiful furniture and oil lamps were used
for lighting. Some people even had a water supply to their house.
5     Pearls were gathered from oysters by
people in the Middle East as far back as 4,000 years ago. In fact, collecting
and selling pearls was the only way people living around the coasts of the
Middle East in ancient times could make money. It is believed that the best
pearl divers were able to dive to depths of 40 metres and stay underwater for
15 minutes.
6     Humans have been decorating their
bodies with tattoos for thousands of years. The Maoris of New Zealand
considered the head the most important part of the body and men tattooed their
entire face. Face tattoos, or 'moko' , were always unique and showed a person's
status and rank. Women usually had mokos on their lips and chin only.
7     Make-up is not new. The ancient
Egyptians, for example, painted their eyes with black kohl while in ancient
Rome, people used red ochre to colour their lips and cheeks and ash to darken
their eyebrows. In the middle ages, Europeans used lead oxide to make their
skin very pale. Unfortunately, many of the cosmetics people used contained lead
and mercury — highly poisonous substances.

UCTb
  2 - qTEHWE

2
  Tlpowmaüme me}ccm u 3an0JIHume nponycwu 1—6 gacmamu
  npeðuoyeHuü, OÕ03HageHHbtMU õwc6a.uu A—G. OÔHa
  113 qacmeü 6 cnucye A—G Jtuu1HA.q. 3aHecume Õwcgu,
  oõo.3Hwtmougwo coomgemcm6Y10tuwo Ltacmb npeêJtoyeHt1H,

B maõnuuy B.
One
evening in early October, 1871, a small fire started in a shed behind the
Chicago home t of a Mr and Mrs O'Leary.
Neighbours
hurried to try to protect the house from the blaze. As the fire grew, the Fire
Department was called, 1) ....
When
fire fighters were finally sent, they were sent in the wrong direction, 2) . .
Also, there was a strong wind from the southwest that evening, which drove the
blaze towards the business and commercial districts of the city.
Wood was
commonly used as a building material at the time, and this made the situation
worse 3) ..... .
Eventually,
the mayor realised that the situation was out of control and called for help
A  as it meant that flying embers soon
set other buildings on fire
B   but then people began to panic as the
flames continued to spread

1

2

3

4

5

6

C

because nobody knew exactly how
the fire started
D  which gave the flames more time to
take hold
from neighbouring cities.
However, the fire fighters were forced to give up the fight 4) ..... .
At first, most of the residents of the
city were not too worried about the fire, 5) ..... Many people fled to the
banks of Lake Michigan to escape the fire.
The fire burnt itself out more than twenty-four hours after it had
started, 6) . . At first, the smoking remains of the buildings were far too hot
to be examined, so it was not possible to see how much damage had been caused
for several days.
It eventually became clear that the fire had destroyed an area of eight
square kilometres and three hundred people had lost their lives.
E    as the winds began to drop
F    but it seems that the officer on duty
did not take the alarm seriously
G   when the flames destroyed the city's
waterworks

"How is the Dictionary
getting on?" said Winston. raising his voice to be heard over the noise.
"Slowly," said Syme. '-I'm working on the adjectives. It's
fascinating." He had cheered up immediately when Wihston mentioned
Newspeak. He picked up his piece ofbrcad with one hand and his cheese with the
other, and leaned across the table so he could speak without shouting.
"The
Eleventh Edition is the final edition," he said. "We're getting the
language into its final shape — the shape it's going to have when nobody speaks
anything else. When we've finished with it. people like you will have to learn
it all over again. You think that our main job is inventing new words. But it's
not! We're destroying words — hundreds of them. every day. We're cutting the
language down to the bone. The Eleventh Edition won't contain a single word
that will stop being used betòre the year 2050. "
He bit
hungrily into his bread and swallowed a couple of mouthtïlls, then
continued speaking. "It-s a beautiful thing. the destruction ofwords. Of
course, we arc getting rid of many verbs and adjectives, but there are hundreds
of nouns that can be got rid or as well. It isn't only the synonyms; there are
also the antonyms. After all. why have a word which is simply the opposite of
some other word? Take •good'. for instance. if_vou have a word like •good'. why
do you need a word like 'bad'? 'Ungood• is just as good — better. in fact.
because it's an exact opposite. Or again. if you want a stronger version of
'good-. why have lots of unclear. useless words like •excellent' and 'splendid'
and all the rest of them? 'Plusgood' covers the meaning. or 'doubleplusgood' if
you want something stronger still. Of course. we use those forms but in the
final version of Newspeak there'll be nothing else. In the end. the whole idea
of goodness and badness will be covered by only six words. Don•t you see the
beauty of that, Winston? It was Big Brother's idea originally, of course."
he added.
A sort of
dull eagerness passed quickly across Winston's face at the mention ofBig
Brother. At this, Syme said. almost sadly, "You don't really appreciate
Newspeak. Winston. Even when you write it you're still thinking in Oldspeak.
I've read some of those pieces that you write in The Times occasionally.
They're good enough, but they're translations. In your heart you'd prefer to
keep Oldspeak. You don't understand the beauty of the destruction of words. Do
you know that Newspeak is the only language in the world whose vocabulary gets
smaller every year?" Winston did know that, of course. He smiled, sympathetically he hoped, not
trusting himself to speak.
Syrne
went on: "Don-t you see that in the end we shall make thoughtcrime
impossible. because there will be no words in which to express it. Every idea
that can ever be needed will be expressed by exactly one word, with its meaning
extremely clear and all other meanings rubbed out and forgotten. Already, in
the Eleventh Edition. we're not far from that point. But the process will still
be continuing long after you and are dead. Every year fewer and tèwer
words. and the range of consciousness always a little smaller. Even of course.
there-s no reason or excuse for committing thoughtcrime. It's simply a question
or self-discipline. But in the end there won't be any need even tar that. The
Revolution will be complete when the language is perfiect. Has it ever occurred
to you. Winston. that by the year at the very latest. not a single human being
will be alive who could understand the conversation we are having now?"

HACTb 3 - rPAMMAThKA

JIEKCVIKA

Practice Test 4

Tlpowmaùme
npueeðëHHbtü Huye men-cm. TIpe05pa.3Yüme, ecuu
Heoõxoðu.wo, cuoea, HaneyamaHHbže 3aeuaBHbt.uu t5wcaamu 6
KOH14e cmpoK, OÕ03HaqeHHb1X HOJtepa• -wu B4—BIO, mcnc, qmoõb[ OHU
coomgemcmgoeaau coôepyamno mewcma. 3an0J[Hume nponycnu CJLOga.uu.
Kayðblù nponycK coomgemcm6yem omðeJlbHOM!/ 3aôaHtno 113
epynnbl B4—BIO.
The Holiday
He was sure it was going to be a
boring holiday. He and his parents
                                                                        .
to the same small seaside town for         weeks every summer       COME
ever since he could
He had enjoyed it when he was
younger, ..... ................ forcrabsandsmallfish LOOK in the rock pools
with his father or building sandcastles on the beach, only to watch helplessly
as they ... ... away later. WASH But now he was fifteen and he .. ...................
doing those things any more. NOT ENJOY
What could there possibly be in this
sleepy little place to keep him occupied for Wo weeks?
He stared
miserably out of the window as the train came to a halt and his parents ........................... to pick up
their suitcases. He knew he should tell his parents BEGIN how he felt, but it
was impossible for him to hurt their feelings; he knew how they loved to return
to the same hotel where they their honeymoon all those years SPEND
                  But his mind was made up; he                                                   tocome
herewith hisparentsagain.        NOT WANT
Ilpoqumaüme
npugeôëHHb[ù HUYe mehccm. IIpeoõpa.3Yüme, ecuu
HeoÓXOðUM0, CJL06a, Hane.¼amaHHbte 3aeJta6Hb1Jtu
õwcga.ltu e KOH14e cmpow, OÕ03htaqeHHbLX HOJ•tepaMU BI I—B16,
man-, unoõbt OHU zpa,MMamuqechcu u .nencuyech•u coomeemcmoeanu
coôepya}£tno mewcma. 3anoJtHume nponycnu nOJLYWHHb1MU CJ106a.MU.
Kayôblü nponycR coomæmcmeyem omÔeJ1bH0MY 3aôaHtno
epynnbl B11—B16.
Donald Duck

Donald's first film was in 1934 in The Wtse Little
  Hen.
Donald quickly became very popular, path because people
  loved the fact that he was often so

              ..  and bad-tempered.

PATIENT

Donald had a good heart and good . but more often than not, things
  would go wrong for him!

INTENT

later in his career, Donald was joined by his               . girlfriend, Daisy, and three
  naughty nephews.

FAITH

               The lovable Donald Duck was Walt
Disney's second most famous cartoon character after Mickey
For a very
long time, Donald Duck cartoons were a firm favourite on children's television.
., there were 128 Donald Duck cartoons, but Donald               appeared
in           EVENTUAL many others along with Mickey Mouse, Goofy and Pluto.
                       .....................
voice of Donald was Clarence Nash and then DisneyartistTony ORIGIN
Anselmo took
over after fifty years.

'IACTb 3 - rPAMMAThKA h
JIEKC"KA

3 llpowmaüme men-cm c nponycxa.uu,
OÕ03HaqeHHbtMU HOMepa.',tu A22—Ä28. 3mu
Homepa coomaemcmewom .ßaðaž-tumt A22—Ä28, e Komopbtx
npeôcma6J1t?HbL 603310M Hbte gapuaHtnbt omeem06. Oõgeôume
H0Jtep 6b15paHHoeo ea.',tu aapuanma omgema.
A Mystery Solved

.A22

•

A23

A25

A27

She knew something was wrong the
moment she• . the room. It wasn't as if anything was missing or out of ., but
something was definitely not as it should be. She stopped and looked..... ..
again, this time more carefully. The cat was lying curled into a ball in front
of the fire, gently sleeping. Nothing unusual about that. Puzzled, she sat in
her. chair by the fire and took a small sip of the coffee she had br ht from
the kitchen, absent-mindedly rubbing the cat with her foot as she did so. It
yawned, stretched, and then asleep again. Suddenly, she froze, her coffee
halfway to her mouth. She had reatised something when the cat had yawned and
stretched. Normally, when it woke up and saw her in the room, it would start...
.... to be fed. Her eyes went to the tank in the corner which had been home to
her three pet fish for the past five months. It was A28 ..... .. empty.

A22

I

entered

2 arrived

3

touched

4

joined

A23

I

situation

2 order

3

place

4

site

A24

I

around

2 over

3

through

4

away

A25

I

common

2 usual

3

standard

4

typical

A26

I

slipped

2 let

3

fell

4

went

A27

I

insisting

2 demanding

3

calling

4

inquiring

A28

1

fully

2 generally

3

awfully

4

completely

'IACTb
4 - I'lhCbMO

You have seen
  an advertisement in your local newspaper The Inquirer for part-time
  waiters/waitresses at a hotel. You have already had some relevant work
  experience. Write a letter of application saying where you have worked before
  and for how long, why you would be suitable for the job and when you are
  available for interview.
Write a letter to the hotel manager applying for the job.
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter
  writing.
Comment on the following statement.
"Many holidaymakers would rather
  stag in a hotel than at a campsite. However, some say that camping is more
  enjoyable.
What is your
  opinion? Is camping under the stars better than a comfortable hotel room?
  Write 200-250 words.
Use the
  following plan:
write an introduction (state the topic) express your
  personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments for the other point
  of view draw a conclusion and explain why you don't agree with it

        'IACTb 1 - AYAMPOBAHhE             Practice
Test 5
Bbl 6b1CRa3b1BCIHUH tuecmu
Ji10Ôeù o ôeHbeax. J7cmaH06ume coomgemcmeue
meyðy 6btcn•a3btgaHUvq.1tU nayÔoeo eogopsugeao 1—6 u
yrn€sepyôežwmtu, ðaHHbtMU 6 cnucqce A—G. Mcn0J1b31Jüme
rcayðoe ymeepyôe,que, oÕ03HayeHHoe Õwc60Ü, mom,K0
OðUH pam B 3aðaHuu ecntb OÔHO nuuuæe ymgepyôer€ue.
Bbl yc.lbltuume 3anucb ð6cucôb1. 3aHecume cgou omeembl 6
maõ.uugy Bl.
A
I believe a person
should manage their money wisely.
B
I am constantly spending
money.
C
I prefer to spend money
on others rather than on myself.
D
I prefer to spend my
.money on enjoying myself.
E
I'm careful with my
money so I can afford a treat occasionally.
F
I often buy things
without thinking it through first.
G
I prefer to have the
best, no matter what the cost.

1        2

3

4

5

6

2 Bbl
ycJ1b1tuume õeceðy ôeyx ôpy.3eü o paõome no
C60õoOH0.wy epacþuwy. Onpeðe:tume, rcmcue
npuæðëHHbtx ymeepyðeHuü Al—A7 coomeemcmgwom
coôepyaHUIO mewcma (1— True), *caxue He (2 — False) u o Zlë.w 6
mencme He C}CCž3CLHO, mo ecmb Ha OCH06CIHUU mencma He."b.3H ðamb
Hu no.uoyume.71bHoeo, Hu ompugame.ZbHoeo ont6erna (3 — Not stated) . Bbl
yc.lbnuume 3anucb ðgayðbl. Oõgeôume npa6uJ1bHbtÜ
omgem.
Carl really likes the boss at his new
job. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Margaret has been trying to find a
job. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Carl is working with his uncle.
1 True 2 False 3 Not stated Carl
wishes he could work more hours.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Carl is worried that his job may
interfere with his schoolwork.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Carl thinks Margaret should try and
manage her time better.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated
Carl is worried about fitting basketball into his
schedule.
                    1 True                 2
False                3 Not stated

MACTb
1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

(e 3 Bbl YCJ1btUžume
paccK(13 MY.YC¼UHbL o ceoux cmpaxax. B 3aðaHu.qx A8—A14
oõgeôume (3 gucPpy 1 , 2 unu 3, coomgemcmewougwo H0Jtepy
6b1ÕPaHHOZO gantU gapuamna omeema. Bbl yc.ftbtuzume aanucb Oeayðbt.
The narrator says he finally decided to do something about his flying
phobia because 1 he felt jealous of his friends' adventures.
2 he had won a free trip overseas. 3 he lost a job because of it.
The narrator's phobia of flying was
due to
1
a fear of being
in small, enclosed spaces.
2
fear that his
life was in the hands of a stranger. 3 not understanding how aircraft fly.
In the
seminar, the narrator learnt that
1
refusing to fly
may make his fear worse.
2
uncomfortable
seats on flights can increase fear. 3 most people are a little afraid of
flying.
The
narrator thought the workshop had been a success because, after it, he
I
started to look forward to flights.
2 flew even if he had other options. 3 felt flying was as safe as
driving.
The
narrator says that on his first plane journey, it helped that
1       his seminar leader was with him.
2       he stayed busy.
3       he talked to the pilot.
When the narrator says "The world has literally opened up for
me", he means that 1 he has become a friendlier, more open person since he
began travelling.
2     he realises he knew little about
different cultures before he began travelling. 3 all the opportunities of life
are available to him now that he is travelling.
Now that he has started travelling, the narrator regrets that he 1 does
not have the money to go everywhere he wants. 2 did not deal with his fear of
flying a lot sooner.
3     does not have as much time as he
would like to travel.

A

Shoppers beware
B   Risky exercise
C   Healthy eating
D  Dieting sensibly
1       If you want to lose weight, avoid
eating a lot of foods that are high in calories such as sweets, chocolate,
fried foods and butter. But remember — becoming the slimmer person you want to
be is not about giving up everything you love. If you want a biscuit one day,
have one. Also, don't forget that exercise is just as important as the food you
eat.
2       A few decades ago, Britain's high
streets were full of butchers, bakers and grocers. Nowadays, there are very few
left, as supermarkets took their customers a long time ago. Some people are
happy about this. They say it is much more convenient for shoppers to be able
to buy everything they need from one shop. But other people feel sad that
supermarkets made it impossible for many small businesses to survive.
3       Bank holidays are public holidays when
banks, and most other businesses, are closed for the day. There are eight bank
holidays a year in England, nine in Scotland and the Republic of Ireland, and
ten in Northern Ireland These
E
F
G
H
Exercise
for a good cause
Changing
times
Unnecessary
item
Time
off
up with clever ways to make
their foods seem healthier than they are. Before consumers buy a product, they
should make sure they always read the list of ingredients carefully.
5      Eating right means eating from the
various food groups. According to the Food Guide Pyramid, you should eat
appropriate portions of grains, vegetables, fruits and dairy products each day.
A growing teenager, for example, should consume a slice of bread or one cup of
cereal each day. As for vegetables, two and a half cups should be eaten each
day.
6      These
days, it's not unusual to see children as young as six and seven with a mobile
phone. But does a child of six really need a mobile? After all, who does a
six-year-old have to call other six-year-olds? Some parents argue
that young children need mobiles for safety reasons. But others argue that, at
six years old, a parent always knows where their child is — they're either at
school all day or at home.
7      Islington Primary School in North
London is

numbers
are, however, relatively small holding a running and walking event next
compared to the number of bank holidays in Saturday to raise money for a new
school other European countries. Some people think piayground. All residents of
Islington are there should be more bank holidays in the UK. encouraged to
attend. Runners can take part in a five-mile road race, which begins at 4 These
days, supermarket shelves are packed 10:30am. Walkers can participate in a
twowith processed foods labelied 'low fat', mile walk. The registration fee for
both events 'reduced sugar' or 'light'. But often these is the same, and
everyone who pre-registers
'health' foods are still incredibly high in
fat and will receive a free T-shirt. calories. Food companies are always coming

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

MACTb
2 - '-ITEH¼E

2
Tlpogumaüme moccm u 3an0JIHurne nponyclcu 1—6 ItacmH.wu
npeô.zoyceHuù, OÕ03HaueHHbßtu õwcga.wu A—G.
OðHa 113 gacmeü 6 cnuclce A—G Jluum.qvq. 3aHecume õwcgy,
oõo.3Haqcnougwo coomgemcmawougwo 1-tacntb nPeÔJIOyeHUH,

6 maõuuuy B3.
The
gorilla, which lives in the forests of Africa, is the largest of all apes.
The
gorilla's DNA is almost identical to human DNA, 1) ..... .
Gorillas
are highly intelligent animals. A few individual gorillas kept in captivity
have even been taught a kind of sign language 2) ..... .
Gorillas are also known to use tools in the wild. A female gorilla has
been observed using a stick to test the depth of the water in a swamp that she
was crossing. Another female was seen using a tree stump as a bridge 3) ..... .
In the Republic of Congo in September 2005, a young gorilla was nd using rocks
to smash open nuts. Native people have also reported seeing gorillas use rocks
and sticks to fight off predators, including large mammals.

Male gorillas slowly
begin to leave their original ily group when they are about 1 1 years old.

A as well as a support
while fishing
B as hunters have poached great
numbers of them for many years

1

2

3

4

5

6

C   and this has had a terrible effect on
local populations
D  which they use to communicate with
their human keepers
They then
travel alone, or with a group of other males, for between 2 and 5 years, 4)
..... .
An adult male gorilla over the age of 12 years old is called a silverback
due to the patch of silver hair on its back. Silverbacks are extremely strong
5) ..... . Each silverback leads a group of between 5 and 30 gorillas,
protecting the group, leading it to feeding sites and resolving disagreements.
Sadly, the gorilla is an endangered species, Other threats to the survival of the
species include the destruction of their habitat, illness and war.
In
2004, a population of several hundred gorillas
in the Republic of Congo
was killed by the Ebola
virus. Studies
carried out since then have shown that the Ebola virus may have resulted in the
deaths of more than 5,000 gorillas in Central Africa.
E    and are the leaders of a group of
gorillas
F    before forming their own group
G   which makes it one of our nearest
living relatives
Jack's
father was a cabinet maker, as his thther had been, and his father before him.
In fact, nobody could remember a time when the Barlow men had ever dope
anything other than make furniture. It therefore went without saying that Jack
would enter the family business. It wasn't the trade itselfthat Jack objected
to, but the fact that he would be trapped forever in a place where the monthly
cattle market was the highlight of the social calendar.
Maybe
ifhe hadn't gone away to university, he  would have been happily unaware of
the limitations of his birthplace. Of course, he could view the entire world
from his computer, but the experience of actually living somewhere else was
completely different. He could still remember his amazement at discovering shops
that never closed and nightlife that went on until the morning. His flatmates
had teased him a lot about this. Now their cosy little flat in the city seemed a million miles
away.
Jack made
up his mind to speak to his parents that evening. He had been putting it off
for far too long. He knew that his mother would understand how he felt; she had
moved here from the city after marrying his father. But his father, born and
bred in the small town of Tadworth and proud of it, would be a harder nut to crack. Jack practised his argument
again and again in his head. trying to guess his father's objections and plan
what he would say in reply.

Jack waited until his father had finished his dinner betOre he carefully raised
the subject of his future career. "Dad, you know how much I enjoy my
work," he began. "and I do think I'm quite good at it, but I just
can't imagine staying here in Tadworth my entire life." There, he'd said
it. It hadn't been as difficult as he'd imagined. His father looked at him.
"I was wondering how long it would take you." he said. "I've
been waiting since you came back from university. " Suddenly, Jack didn't
need his carefully rehearsed argument.
"We're
going to bring the business into the 21st century!" his täther
proudly announced. Jack could only stand there open-mouthed as his father
described his plans. These included setting up a website, expanding their
product range and, the biggest challenge of all. targeting the international
market as well as the UK. "You can't beat quality craftsmanship, son, "
his father boasted. "Plenty of people will pay extra to have a unique
piece, not those flat-pack excuses for furniture. "
Although
they would stay in the family house and keep the existing workshop, the
business headquarters would be in the city. These would include a showroom,
which would be Jack's mother's responsibility. Here, their furniture would be
displayed in richly decorated interi018, to emphasise the superior quality of
their products. Jack would manage the marketing department where he would
finally be able to use his business degree.
Two yea'S
later, Jack was relaxing in front of the television in his city centre flat
when he happened to sce one of the advertisements he had helped make for
'Barlow's. As the town of Tadwolth came into view, Jack stared at the screen.
He had seen this advertisement many times. but had always been busy examining
it from a marketing point of view. Now, as he watched. the soundtrack drifted
into the background and he found himself focusing on scenes from his childhood.
He could make out the lane behind the school and the old mansion up on the hill
— the 'Haunted House'. Now the camera was moving across the river. He remembered the days that he used to
spend there, fishing with his friends. The picture changed to an advert for a
mobile phone. Jack turned the television off and sat back in his chair, deep in
thought.

Jack was unenthusiastic about entering the family business because 1 he
felt he was being forced to enter it.
                     2 he didn't think he would
be a good cabinet maker.
3 he didn't want to stay in his home town.
                     4 he wanted to have a more
exciting career.
The writer suggests that when Jack moved away from his home town, he 1 appreciated it more.
2 had more experiences and opportunities.
3 changed his ambitions for the future. 4 discovered who he really was.
When the writer says that Jack's father 'would be a harder nut to crack'
in paragraph three, he means that
1       he would never agree with Jack.
2       he would be very disappointed with
Jack.
3       he couldn't predict his reaction.
                      4 it would take some effort
to persuade him.
Jack didn't argue with his father because 1 he was too nervous to speak.
                     2 his father unexpectedly
agreed with him.
3      he had forgotten what he had planned
to say.
4      his father didn't understand what he
was trying to say.
Jack's
father believed the company would be successful in the future mainly because of
1      a demand for mass-produced furniture.
2      the development of a company website.
                      3 the production of
home-assembled pieces.
4 a
demand for individually hand-crafted items.
The purpose of the showroom would be to 1 recreate magnificent room
settings.
2      emphasise the excellence of the
furniture.
3      give Jack a suitable role in the
company.
4      make the company better known to the
public.
While he was watching the advertisement for Barlow's, Jack 1 was reminded
of why he had left Tadworth.
2
realised how successful the company had become.
3 became nostalgic about his childhood.
4 began to regret leaving Tadworth.

'IACTb 3 -
  rPAMMAThKA h JlEKChKA

Practice Test 5
Ilpoqurnaüme
npueeôëHHbtù Huye mel€cm. IIpe06pa.3Yüme, ecau
HeoÕxoôu.M0, CJLOga, HaneyamaHHbte 3aeuaBHb1MU
õY}£6a.uu 6 1-COHge cmpow, OÕ03HayeHHbtX HomepaMu B4—BIO,
man, unoõbt OHU epam»tamuttecnu coomgemcmaogauu coàepyaytužo
men-cma. 3an0AHume nponycyu nO.ržyqeHHb[MU c.uoaa.wu. Kayðbtü
nponycn coomeemcmeyem omðeJLbH0MY 3aôaHtuo epynnbt B4—BIO.
City Farms

As a person
  who has lived on the edge of a small city all my life, I find it difficult to
  believe that some children . in big cities grow up without ever seeing an
  animal larger than a pet dog. When I was a child we it was perfectly natural
  to play ini àelds with large cows for company, but
  apparently some city children do not even know what the animal that produces
  their milk .. ..... .... like. To help city children understand what it is
  like to live in the country, special farms
.... ...................... right in the centre of some of Britain's
  larger cities. One of the oldest of these is in London. It . by volunteers
  and has herds of sheep, goats, cows and other animals. There are educational
  programmes for visitors and children can help feed and clean the animals. I
  .. ..... ..... .. to one of these

LIVE
THINK
LOOK
CREQTE RUN
NOT
  GO

farms myself,
but I think that it is a marvellous way to help children learn about the ways
of the countryside. I hope that .... . ..... ..... .... .... more of these
farms in our cities in the future.
2 Ilpogumaüme npugeôëHHb1ü Huyce men-cm.
IIpeoõpae3Yüme, ecuu He06XOÔUMO, CJL06a, HaneLtamaHHbte
.3aeua6Hb£Mu 6WC8a.MU e K0Hge cmp0K, OÕ03Hage,HHbLX HOMepa.uu Bl
I—B16, man-, a-tmoõbL OHU epa.'t»tamuqecyu u Jle»cczuecl€u
coomeemcmgogauu coôepyamno mencma. 3ano.1Hume nponycwu noayzteHHbLMu
CJ106aMU. RayÔbLù nponycK coomgemcmgyem omðe.,1bH0Jty
3aðaHLIH) ue3 epynnbL Bl 1 —B16.
Starlings

Starlings are small to medium-sized
  birds native to Europe, Asia, Africa and the Pacific. Their feathers are
  generally dark and            .. and they usually nest in holes, laying blue
  or white eggs. Starlings are highly sociable animals, flying in flocks of up
  to one million ........, flocks of this size are a very eye-catching sight in
  the sky. The shape of a starling flock is usually    but it constantly
  expands, contracts and changes form. Interestingly, flocks move without ..       from
  any sort of 'leader' bird.
Single males build nests to attract single females They decorate their
  nests with flowers and green vegetation and sing during the . ... ... .....
  of them. Starlings can produce a wide range of sounds - from beautiful songs
  to mechanical-sounding chirps. Starlings are also very good mimics. In they
  can learn to reproduce many types of speech and sounds.

SHINE
NATURAL
CIRCLE
GUIDE
CONSTRUCT
CAPTIVE

    5                                                             YACTb
3 - rPAMMATMKA h JIEKCVIKA
¥10-    3 Ilpoyumaüme men-cm c nponyclcantu,
OÕ03HaqeHHb1MU Hoatepa.uu A22—A28. 3mu HO.uepa coomgemcmewom
3aÔa}-tuHJt Ä22—A28, g Komopbtx npeôcma6JteHbt 803310M two    Hbte
gaputmrnbl omaemog. Oõgeôume H0.uep 6b[ÕpaHHoeo ea,wu
gapuaHtna omeema. yc,l€
The Watch
Alessia sighed
in frustration as . she A22 . the empty bus stop. She had obviously just missed
the seven o'clock bus, so now there would be another forty minutes to wait
before the next one. She touched her wrist — something she often did when she
felt anxious — and felt with her fingers for the familiar coolness of metal.
But something was wrong. She raised her wrist. Her watch! A
A23 but beautiful piece of jewellery, she had been given the watch by her
grandfather. It had to be adjusted         ...... as it often lost minutes, but
Alessia loved it. Her main reason for wearing it wasn't really for    ......
the time. It was her lucky charm.
Her grandfather had A26 .... .. the
watch about fifty years before in a street market in Morocco. Although he
rarely spent money on luxuries, he had surprised himself by . ..... in love
with the watch immediately. It was obviously wetl made, but it was its
beautiful rare design that ... ... him. The merchant had not even needed to
persuade Nessia's grandfather to buy the watch. He bought it immediately. Her
heart beating wildly, Alessia began to retrace her steps. She simply had to
find the watch.

A22

1

touched

2

reached

3

arrived

4

achieved

A23

1

meaningless

2

helpless

3

hopeless

4

worthless

1

commonly

2

regularly

3

normally

4

mostly

A25

1

telling

2

saying

3

reading

4

having

A26

1

taken away

2

looked over

3

come across

4

found out

A27

1

falling

2

being

3

dropping

4

breaking

A28

1

caught

2

held

3

pulled

4

attracted

'IACTb
4 - nncbM0 tx
u.                      You have
received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Julie who writes:
Tel/ me about the kind of food gou eat in Russia. What do people eat at
home? Con gou describea traditional dish to me? Are eating habits changing?
Hey, guess what?! I'm going on holiday
with my two best friends this summer ...
Write a letter to Julie. In your letter
answer her questions s ask 3 questions about her holiday
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules ot letter
writing.
Comment on the following
statement.
"There are too mang cars in our towns and cities and this is making
ogr lives verg unpleasant with high levels of pollution and lots of traffic
jams.
What can be
done to solve the problem of having too many cars on the roads in our towns and
cities?
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
s write an introduction
(state the problem/topic)
(paras 2-4)
list possible solutions and results/consequences draw a conclusion (summarise
your opinion)

'IACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

Practice Test
Bbl ycJ1b[tuume
6b1Cwa.3b1eaHUR zuecmu MOJLOÔbtX Ji10ôeù o .3ðop06be u
3(1Hwmuax (þunuze COM. VcmaHoeume coomeemcmeue .ueyôy
6b1CICCž3btgaHU5L"tu l€ayðoeo eoeopqugeeo 1 —6 u
ymeepyôemu.ltu, ÔaHHb1MU 6 cnucye A —G. Mcn0J1b3Yùme
rcayðoe ymgepyðeuue, 0603HaqeHHoe õYK60ü, mo.ZbK0 OðtlH
pa.3. B 3aðaHuu ecmt, OÔHO nuuuæe ymgep.ycðeH.ue. Bbl
yc.'lbltuume .3anucb ÔaaYÔbt. 3auecume ceou omgemb[ 6
maõJtugy Bl.
A
I put a lot of
effort into trying to look good.
B
I think you
should only eat what you like.
C
I try to lead a generally
healthy lifestyle so that I can achieve my ambition.
D
I agree with
the\advice given to me but it is not easy to follow.
E
My values
influence the way I live.
F
My condition
doesn't stop me from having a full and active life. G I've been living
unhealthily but now I'm making some changes.

2 Bbl ycJ1bnuume õeceðy ðeyx ðpy;geü o moM,
KYôa noexamb 6 omnycn. Onpeôe.utme, nanue us
npuaeÔëHHbtx ymgepycôehtuù Al—A7 coomgemcmgwom
coôep.ycamno meKcma (1— True), hcanue He coomgemcmewom (2 — False) u o e
mencme He CK(13CIHO, mo ecmb Ha OCHOB(IHUU me,'€cma HELb3H Oamb Hu
noJL0JcumeJlbHoeo, Hu ompugameJLbHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl yc.'lbltuume
aanuct, Ô6ŒHCÔbL. Oõeeðume npa6u.1bHbtÜ omeem.
Both Tom and Anna think skiing is
expensive.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Tom
went camping once before and didn't enjoy it.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Anna's
friend Ben found his cycling holiday quite tiring.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Ben and his friends didn't book their own accommodation.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Tom is
concerned that the cycling holiday could be boring.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Anna
doesn't think that Tom will do any sightseeing on a cycling holiday.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Tom
wants to find out more about the cycling holiday.
                                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated

   YACTb 2 - 'ITEHVIE

6
YcmaHoeume
coorngemcmgue 3ae0J1061ca.&tu A—H u 1—7. 3aHecume cgou omgembt 6
maõ.nugy B2 klcn0J1b3Yüme Raycôwo mo„rlblco oðuH pas. B
3aôaHuu oðuH 3aeonogcnc .quu1Huü.

A
A successful
change
B
A lot in common
C
A worrying chqnge
D
Aid work
1       Kitesurfing is a new summer sport that
combines surfing with kite-flying. A kitesurfer simply stands on a board
connected to a kite and the wind pulls them along. Kitesurfing is thrilling,
but it can soon turn to disaster if the kite strings get tangled or you lose
control of the board. Fortunately, there are many new safety regulations to
help prevent accidents.
2       These
days, employers want to hire people with previous work experience related to
their field of work. This means that students who are finishing their studies
and preparing to get their first job should consider volunteering or
internships — working for a period of time at a company without pay — in a
field related to their career. Not only will they gain the experience necessary
to get a good job, they will also discover more about their career choice.
3       Zhang Zhihe is the director of the
Chengdu Giant Panda Centre in China, which has 48 pandas. When Zhihe first
arrived at the centre, he found staff feeding the pandas food that humans eat,
like grains and dairy products. But Zhihe saw that the pandas were unhealthy
and were growing very slowly, so he ordered the staff to feed them only bamboo.
Today the pandas are all in good health.

1

2

5

4       'Doctors
Without Borders' is an international organisation created by doctors and
journalists in France. Doctors and other medical professionals from around the
world volunteer
E     Staying safe
F     Choosing a career
G    Preparing for the future
H    A new way to travel
to travel to various
countries to provide medical care to victims of poverty, war and natural
disasters. These volunteers provide medical assistance under difficult
conditions, often risking their lives in order to help thousands of people in
need in over 60 countries.
5      The Blue Whale is probably the largest
animal ever to have lived. Adults can reach up to 32.9 metres and weigh more
than 170 tonnes. Blue whales are gentle, beautiful creatures that share many
similarities with humans. Like us, they are warm-blooded, they need air to
breathe, and they live about 70-100 years. Also like us, they are highly
social, extremely intelligent and have a complex language.
6      Many people dream of finding a job
that will allow them to see the world. Well, house sitting is becoming a
popular option for many enthusiastic travellers. Sitters simply live in and
look after a house while the owner is away and receive rent-free accommodation
in return. House sitting jobs are available in many countries and usually only
involve short stays.
7      Seals
used to play in the seas around the British coast in large numbers. But
recently, marine biologists have noticed that there aren't as many as there
used to be. In the last six years, seal numbers have dropped by as much as 50%
in some areas. Scientists are very concerned because they don't know why seal
populations are declining so quickly.

3aHecume

Wimbledon
is the world's oldest tennis tournament. The competition takes place outdoors,
which has meant that over the years, play has frequently been interrupted bad
weather.
But
now rain delays at this famous petition will be reduced I) ..... .
entre
Court's new sixteen-metre-high, retractable roof was finished in April, 2009.
lt weighs over 3,000 tonnes, is 5,300 square metres in size 2) ..... .
In
addition, the roof is not totally clear, but lets in some natural light. Once
the roof has closed, it takes twenty to thirty minutes to activate the air
systems 3) ..... .
Officials
have admitted that now that tre Court has a roof, 'indoor' matches
which could have been a popular decision with both fans and players

and that the competition should remain an outdoor, day-time
event

vide and vide ons, nelp 60
mal 32.9
31ue
uS, to
rely
will se ny nd nd rn. ny

ish ne as rs,
0/0

1

2

3

4

5

6

when little or no play was
possible because of rain
and takes about 10 minutes to move over Centre Court and cover it
may continue long into the night, even if the weather is poor. This will
end the many frustrating days of the past 4) ..... .
Unsurprisingly, people have different opinions about Centre Court's new
roof. Some tennis fans think that it will help Wimbledon remain the world's
greatest tennis tournament. They believe a roof on Centre Court is long overdue
5) ..... .
But
other tennis fans think the roof will ruin Wimbledon's charm and tradition 6)
..... .
Wimbledon's Chief Executive has assured the public that Centre Court's
unique character will be kept. He has also said that night play will be kept to
an absolute minimum.
E
which create the
conditions for tennis to be played in
F
as a moving roof
has been fitted
on
Centre Court
G
and should have
been fitted many years go

The Poet

William
waited patiently in the slow-moving queue. A big man, with large muscles on his
arms and a face full of scars from the amateur boxing competitions he liked to
enter, William was the type of man that you couldn't help noticing. He spoke
with a lower-class accent and, when with his friends, loved to use Cockney
rhyming slang — a way of speaking that had developed among the working classes
in one of London's poorer districts. This would often mislead strangers into thinking
that  William was an uneducated man. But the truth was very different.
A
graduate of London's best law school, William was regarded by many in his field
as one of the best lawyers in London  a reputation that had taken him just
ten years to build. People joked that he was a lawyer who was as tough in the
courtroom as he was in the boxing ring. His knowledge and skills were
considered so good that other lawyers, as well as clients. would beat down a
path to his door to get his advice.
Because
of all this, few people would have guessed that William loved to write poetry
in his spare time. William's passion for this hobby had begun when. one day in
a bookshop, he had come across a small book of poems that had mistakenly been
put in the law section. Reading it. William remembered admiring how the author
had expressed so much with just a few carefully selected words and then finding
himself wondering if he himself could develop a similar talent.
From
childhood, William had always thrown himself into things. So. he had soon read
the major works of all the great British poets and become familiar with many of
Europe's most famous poets, too. He had a particular admiration for Shakespeare and the
German poet Goethe, but his favourite poet was the Irishman W. B. Yeats — the
man that he had been named after, his mother proudly reminded him.
So,
almost from the day that he had first been inspired, William had begun writing
poems of his own. He did not know if he had any real talent, but he did know
that the words flowed both easily and quickly from his pen. He enjoyed putting
words together in a way that suggested different meanings — partly because this
was exactly the opposite of what he was required to do as a lawyer.
He had no name for the collection of poems that he had written and
collected over the years. He simply referred to them all as 'The Book'. The
name, of course, clearly revealed his subconscious desire that his poems would
one day be published. But he had neither the confidence in his own abilities to
approach a publisher, nor the desire to read a bad review if the critics did
not like his work.
William's
wife would often remind him. in that gentle way of hers, that he was old enough
now not to care what others thought of him or to avoid doing something simply
because he thought he might fail. It was these words that were running through
William's mind when the conversation of the two women in front of him moved
from small talk to work. "So," he heard the younger one say to her
friend, "How exactly is your search for new writing talent going?"

'-IACTb 3 -
rPAMMAT"KA
Ilpoyumaùme
npueeôëHHbLü Huye me}€cm. ITpeoõpa3Yüme, eCJLU
}WOÕXOÔUMO, c.a ga, HaneqarnaHHbte 3ae.uaBHb1.MU õyrcga.uu
8 £0Hge cmporc, 060.3Ha1WHHb1X H0.wep Mil B4—BIO, may, qmoõbl OHU
epaMMamuqec}cu coomeemcmgogauu coðepyaHLI me}€cma. 3ano.,1Hume nponycnu
nOJIY¼eHHb1.MU CJIOBantU. Kayôbtü nponyc coomgemcmgyem
omÔeJ1bH0MY 3aÔaHu}0 u.3 epynnbL B4—BIO.
The Telephone Call

She sat in
  the chair, just . at the telephone. Would he call her? He had promised to,
  and he had seemed like the sort of person who would keep his promises, but
  you never knew. Arady it .......................... eleven o'clock in the
  morning and the phone hadn't rung. She knew that it because she had picked it
  up several times to check.
She began to
  get impatient. He had been so nice to her when they had met in the library,
. to find the book she needed for
  her research. Usually she
.     hertelephone numberto
  peopleshe had just met, but she hadfelt certain that she was doing the right
  thing in this case.
Twelve o'clock. Still silence. She for over four hours now. Angrily,
  she stood up, put on her coat and left the flat, slamming the door behind
  her. As she got out of the lift on the ground floor the telephone in her flat
  to ring. Shedid not hear it.

STARE
BE
WORK
HELP
NOT GIVE
WAIT
BEGIN

2 Tlpoqumaüme npugeðëHHbLü Httye me,žccm.
IIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu HeoÕxoÔu.uo CJL06a, HaneLtamaHHbte
3aena6Hbtmu õwceantu 6 KOHue cmpon, OÕ03HayeHHbL3 HOJ•tepa.uu Bl
I—B16, max, qmoõbt OHU u Jtewcuyecwu coomgem cmeogaau coðepyamuo
mencma. {Bano.'l,yume nponycwu no.uyqeHHb1.WU CJIOBCL.MU Kayðb[ü
nponycK coomeemcrngyem omðeJLbHOMY .3aOaHLIK) epynnbt BII —B16.
Guide to Good Chocolate
Eke many processed food products, the
quality of chocolate can vary a lot. There is both high-

quality and poor-quality chocolate, and it is to know which is which
  when buying it.
Good-quality
  chocolate shouldn't contain any e-numbers, hydrogenated fats, or artificial
  preservatives. You should be able to smell it when you ... ..... .. it. If
  you can't smell anything, the chocolate probably won't taste good.
of high-quality chocolate is important. There are no cracks
  or air pockets in the chocolate and it is eventy coloured.
Aso, good chocolate feels silky,
  not               . ..... .........,andwhenapieceisbroken off the bar, it
  snaps away cleanly.
The taste buds for flavours are located near the
  front of the tongue and this is where should start ffisting a piece of
  chocolate. Good chocolate is smooth and starts to on the tongue . taste
  remains in pur mouth for several minutes.
. replace
  cocoa butter with vegetable fat in order to cut costs. Apart from tasting
  terrible, chocolate made without cocoa butter is not real chocolate!

HELP
WRAP APPEAR
STICK
INSTANT
MANUFACTURE

    6                                                                HACTb
3 - rPAMMAThKA 91 JIEKC"KA
cuo-    3 Tlpoqumaùme me}ccm c nponycya.wu, OÕ03HageHHb1MU
Homepa.uu Ä22—Ä28. 9mu epa           HOMepa coomgemcm6wont
.3aÔaHuq.M A22—Ä28, 6 Komopbtx npeðcmawteHb1 603MOY
Hbte gapuaHmb1 omeemog. Oõeeôume HO.wep 6b1ÕpaHHoeo
Bantu eapuaHma omeema.
Summer
David was very excited. Today was the
first day of the summer holiday and he had woken up even .... .. than he did
when he had to go to school. The morning sun shone . his open bedroom window.
He could hear the birds singing in the trees that . the small cottage that was
home to him and his parents.
lay in bed
for a short time, trying to decide what he wouid do on this, his first day of
freedom. Should he go for a ride on the bicycle his parents had bought him for
his birthday9 No, it would be better to do that when his cousin Mary came to
stay and they could ...... each other along the sea front.
                           His
thoughts were interrupted by the                     .... .. of his mother's
voice calling him to breakfast. He jumped

and
  hurried down the stairs. He was eager not to
A22            I sooner               2
  earlier
A23         I on                 2
  out
                   I covered            2
  included
A25            I run                    2
  rush
A26    1 noise           2 shout A27  I
  out of        2 off to
A28             I waste                 2
  miss

......
  a minute more. It was going to be a perfect day!
      3 faster               4 shorter
    3 through        4 to
      3 enclosed          4 surrounded
      3 race                  4 sprint
      3 cry                    4 sound
      3 up from           4 away
  from
      3 spend               4 pass

'IACTb 4 - nncbM0
40,
You went out for dinner with your friends to celebrate your birthday. You
were very disappointed with the service you received. Write a letter of
complaint to the restaurant manager explaining why you were dissatisfied and
asking for an explanation and an apology.
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter
writing.
You have seen the following
announcement in an international student magazine.
We are looking for essays that give advice to foreigners about learning
gour language. In gour essay:
• suggest some ideas which will help
foreigners to learn gour /ånguage better mention what gou think the main
difficulties will be Write your essay for the magazine.
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
write an
introduction (state the topic, explain what you will do in the essay) make your
suggestions and give results/examples list the main difficulties and give
reasons/ examples draw a conclusion

YACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHVIE

Practice Tesl
Bbl ycabtuzume
BblCra3b16ŒHU¶ utecmu Lte.,'L06ac o nyoð.qx, }€omopbL'tu OHU
eocxuugcno .YcmaH06ume coomeemcmgue Me.ycðy 6btc•ra3bteaHU-mtU Icayðoeo
eoeopaugeeo 1—6 1 ymeepyðeHtcq.&tu, ðaHHbtNU e cnucre A—G.
Mcnonb.gyüme rayðoe ymeepyðeHue, .3HaqeHHoe 6YK60ü, monbK0
oðuH pa.3. B .3aðŒHuu ecmb oðH0 nuuucee ymeep:yc ðenue.
Bbl ycnbttuume 3anucb ðeayObL. 3ŒHecume cgou omgemž,l e ma6nuuy
BI.
A  My admiration of this person
developed because of a hobby.
B  I admire this person even more
because they are not perfect.
C  This person always encouraged people
to follow their dreams.
D  I don't understand why others
criticise me for admiring this person.
E   This person encourages me to be a
better person.
F   This person encouraged me not to give
up. G I admire people who have achieved a lot.

1

2
Bbl ycnbltuume
6eceðy ð6yx ðpy.3eü o umeHuu. Onpeðenume, rmcue u
npugeðëHHbtx ymæpyðeHuü Al—A7 coomeemcmgwom
coðepyaHzuo merccm (1— True) , lcm-cue He coomgemcmewom (2 — False) u o
qëM 6 mew•cme He chca3(1H mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUU He.,Zb35Z ()amt, Hu
nonoyumeabHoeo, H ompugameAbHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycm,uuume 3anucb
ð6ayð 066eðume npaguJtbHb1Ü omeem.
Mark and Carol both read the book
quickly.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Carol thinks this is the author's
best book so far.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Carol thinks the author developed her
characters really well.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Mark found the beginning of the book
a bit slow.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Both Mark and Carol agree that the
ending of the book was a surprise.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Carol tells Mark that the book has
been made into a film. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Mark lent the book to his sister.
                                                   1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
    7                                                                                'IACTb
1 -
3
Bbl ycJ1bttuume
paccrca3 MYYC¼UHbL o eeo yqëõe epaHugeü. B
3aôaHu.q:c Ä8—Ä14 oõeeðume gucþpy 1 , 2 UJIU
3, coomaemcmewougwo H0.uepy 6b1ÕpaHHOeo 6a.MU gapuawna omaema. Bbl
yc.lb[tuume 3anucb ð6ŒYðbt.
The speaker says that his new lifestyle involved 1 getting up earlier.
2 making his own decisions. 3 cooking his own meals.
When the speaker says his father wanted him to 'follow in his footsteps'
he means his father
1
hoped he would be
ambitious.
2
wanted him to
enter the same profession. 3 hoped he would work for him one day.
The
speaker suggests that, when choosing his course of study, he wanted to
1       make the decision for himself.
2       avoid disappointing his parents.
3       choose a subject he really enjoyed.
The
speaker grew up in
1 New York. 2 Cromwell. na
3
London.
{0,
The
speaker describes the people he saw in the city streets as being like ants
because
I they
all looked the same.
2     they all seemed so busy.
3     they seemed so unpleasant.
The speaker says that he was happy to meet someone who 1 came from a
similar background to himself.
2 was from the same country as himself. 3 he wanted to share a room with.
After his first year at university, the speaker 1 felt he had changed for
the better.
2     realised how much he missed England.
3     believed his parents understood him
more.

A
A popular creation
B   Music's long history
C   Trying to help natur%
D  Meeting the stars
1      Some people believe that certain kinds
of music help plants to grow more quickly. They say that plants grow well if
calm music is played, but die if subjected to heavy metal or rock music. There
is absolutely no scientific evidence for this. Nevertheless, a Japanese company
has created a gadget called 'Plantone' that they say reveals a plant's response
when exposed to music.
2      In Zadar, Croatia, a structure has
been built that allows the sea to 'play' music. The structure consists of stone
steps beside the Adriatic Sea which people can sit on. Underneath the steps are
tubes with openings. When the sea pushes air through the tubes, musical chords
are played. The chords change depending on the size and speed of the waves.
Thus, every minute of the day, the sea plays a unique 'song'.
3      When LK. Rowling first started writing
her Harry Potter series of novels, she had no idea that one day they would
become one of the most loved children's book series of all time. Not only has
Rowling sold more than 400
E
F
G
H
Making money from fame
A
deeper meaning
Music
from nature
Enthusiastic
readers
treason, should ever be
forgot" is about a man named Guy Fawkes. On the 5th November, 1605, Guy
Fawkes tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament in London with several
containers of gunpowder. He was caught and sentenced to a painful death.
5
Former English star
football player Bob Wilson has brought together the art world and the world of
celebrities for a charity fundraising event. 'Stars on Canvas' is an art
exhibition and auction where artwork created by famous people, such as actors,
musicians and sports stars, is sold to raise money for charity. People seem to
really like the idea of owning art created by their favourite stars!
6
What was the world's
first musical instrument? The drums are a good candidate. But maybe it was the
flute. In 1995, archaeologists found a piece of bear's bone with four holes
punched into it, in a cave in Slovenia. They dated the 'flute' at between
43,000 and 82,000 years old. It seems that man has been making music for as
long as history itself.
7
A group of high school
students has set up a

million
Harry Potter books worldwide, but 'breakfast book club'. Each month, they she
has seen her novels made into some agree on a book to read, then meet on the
successful films. What's more, although she last day of the month in the school
cafeteria wrote the books with children in mind, many to discuss the book over
breakfast. adults have read them too. According to teacher Ben Jones, the 4
Some nursery rhymes describe historical students are happy to arrive at school
one events or situations. For example, the hour early to talk about the book.
They love nursery rhyme "Remember, remember the discussing their ideas on
a more casual and fifth of November, gunpowder, treason and personal level than
they can in their English plot. I see no reason why gunpowder, classes.

1

2

3 ,4 5 6

7

  ctice                                                                            "ACTb
2 - 8TEHhE
2
Tlpoqumaüme men-cm u 3ano.1Hume nponycnu 1—6 gacmw,zu
npeð.uoyeHuü, OÕO.3HageHHb1,wu õYK6a»tu A—G. OÔHa
gacmeü 6 cnuclce A—G JIULUHHH. 3aHecume õwc6Y, ot503Haqmou4Y}0
coomeemcmgwougwo Hacmb npeðuoyceH1tH,

6 maõnugy B3.
The
history of coffee can be traced back at least far as the 9th century. It was
first grown, produced and enjoyed in the highlands of Ethiopia. From there it
spread to Egypt and emen, and by the fifteenth century the bitter
•nk had reached Persia, Egypt, Turkey
and
Northern Africa.
t a At first, coffee was
not very popular and it was th made illegal in some cases. tn 151 1, imams at
court in Mecca decided that the stimulating th effect that coffee produced was
not acceptable,
'as
However, the drink had become so
on lar that the Ottaman Turkish Sultan Selirn I ered
the ban to be lifted in 1524.
Coffee
began to spread from the Muslim world by   to Europe, 2) ..... .
The
first Europeans to import coffee on a large le were the Dutch. At that time, it
was illegal to
uut
A which
was then governed by
a.                            Holland
B and
plays an important part in
a                             many
countries' culture
C
when access to
tea imports was ia
cut off
t.
D
where it became
popular during d the seventeenth century
E
F
G
export coffee plants or
unroasted seeds from the Arab countries, but the Dutch managed to smuggle out
some seedlings in 1690. They began to grow coffee in Java, 3) ..... .
Now that
coffee was more readily available in Europe, its popularity grew. People
believed that the drink was healthy 4) ..... .
Eventually,
coffee reached North America. At first, it was not as successful as it had been
in Europe. However, the Americans' taste for coffee grew during the early
nineteenth century, following the war of 1812 5) ..... . Soon, coffee became an
everyday drink in America, too.
Today
coffee is enjoyed by people all over the world, 6) ..... It is the second most
traded product after petroleum and is one of the world's most popular drinks.
which soon became the most popular drink of the time
and that it could cure many illnesses
so they
forbade people to drink it
                   1      2      3      4      5       6

Corruption

Sharon
had marched up to my desk, obviously furious, and demanded •a word outside-. At
that moment I was just curious to find out what had bothered her so much.
lifollowed her outside. "I've just paid a little visit to our old friend
Fat Micky," she said, "to put some pressure on him about last year's
Renfrew robbery, and he says you took some cash to 'lose' some evidence.
If I'd
known what was coming, I could have reacted better, but I'd been caught
completely off guard and I knew it showed. "It's a lie," I said, as
coolly as I could. "He's a criminal and will say anything." I hoped I
sounded convincing but she was looking straight at me with her sharp blue eyes
and I felt like a schoolboy in trouble with the headmaster. I leaned back against
the wall trying to look like I didn't have a care in the world, despite the
fact that I was having difficulty breathing and I could feel the beads of sweat
gathering on my forehead.
Sharon
was a woman I'd always admired. A tough detective and a very good one, too. It wasn't easy for a woman to make it as
a detective and earn the respect of all her colleagues. But it hadn't been easy
for me either, a boy from the poorest area in Glasgow. I was a good detective,
one of the best, in fact. and I'd only ever made one mistake — taking money
from Micky. It had been just after I had split up with my wife and I was badly
in debt. I had never done anything like it before and I never intended to do it
again.
Now, as Sharon confronted me. I felt
small. ugly and very guilty. I also felt annoyed with her at that moment. What
made her so perfect? Had she never put a foot wrong anywhere? Ever? My mind
raced as I tried to decide what to do. Should I tell the truth, explain what
had happened and hope she'd take my side? Or should I just brush off the
accusation and pray she didn't tell anyone? I had no idea if this conversation
could finish off my promising career as a police officer or not.
At the
end ofthe day it would all come down to my word against Micky's and he was just
a cheap criminal. But I didn't want people whispering behind my back, wondering
if it were true, whether I really was a corrupt officer of the law. If word got
out, this would always be on my record. Once your superiors had lost confidence
in you it was almost impossible to get it back and I didn't want to lose my
chance of further promotion. I'd already made it to detective inspector and I saw no reason
why I couldn't go higher. Except now there was Micky's betrayal casting a dark
shadow over my dreams.
I shrugged
my shoulders and attempted a cheeky grin at Sharon. "You•re the last
person I expected to believe Micky. I should be offended," I said. She
laughed, but it was an empty laugh and it didn't reach her cold eyes. "I
didn't believe him. Until now, that is. It's a shame really, because you were
always the one person in the station that I looked up to. I thought you were
very honest and I've just lost a little more faith in humanity," she said.
"But don•t worry. your dirty little secret is safe with me.
As I watched
her turn around and go back into the station, I finally managed to take a deep
breath. Of course, I was very relieved that she wouldn't talk and I trusted her
because I knew that. unlike me, she really was an honest person. But her words had affected
me deeply. I had lost her respect forever. I would be able to hold my head high with everyone in the
station, apart from her. Even if I ever did manage to get the promotion I
longed for, there would always be one person who knew I didn't deserve it.

ЧАСТЬ З - ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА

Тем

Прочитайте привеДённый
ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными
буквами в конце строю, обозначенных номерами В4—ВIО, так, чтобы они
грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными
словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельномџ заДанию из группы В4—В1О.
А New Experience

Mark Basso had never seen real
snow before. Не lived with his parents in а рай of the country

where it was always too warm for there to be апу snow, even in the
  coldest winters. So, the family tor the past few weeks to visit the hills ot
  ltaly so that Mark could see this strange cotd white substance and possibly
  learn how to ski.
..... .      a hotel in
  the village of Molveno, near Trento tor the first мо weeks in Јапиагу. Mark
  соию hardly wait tor the day to arrive. Не kept saying, “lf onty we
  ............... for ltalytomorrow!"
Hnally, the
  day Mark had been looking forward to arrived. Пне was excitement in the Basso
  household - laughter and shouting tilled the air. They loaded the car and it
  long betore they were on their way. When they arrived at their hotel, the sky
  was grey and it was very сою but ао snow covered the ground. Матк felt ven,'
  disappointed.
теп he went to bed that night, Mark wondered if he
  would ever get to touch snow от if it . just an image in photographs.
Теп he .............., in the morning, he noticed that the light
  entering the room was different. Не looked out ot the window. The sky was as
  grey as it had been the day before, bUt something was different — thousands
  of tluffy bits of cotton

РИН
воок
НОТ ВЕ
REMA|N
ИКЕ ИР

                                                         from
it. ltwas fina|ly snowing.                                                                   FALL
Прочитайте привеДённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова,
напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В11—В16,
так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответствовали содержанию текста.
Заполните пропуски полученными словами. КамсДый пропуск соответствует
отДельному заДанию из группы В11—В16.
The City of
Bath
Bath, а Worid Heritage Site, is
located in the county ot Somerset. lt is опе of the most beautitul cities in
England and ve:y popular with         . Because Bath is not а           тоин
very large city, in summer it often seems that there аге more visitors than
RESlDE do а] these реор|е соше to
look at? №1], тапу от them want to see the Roman Bath5 where hot water          .
bubb'es from the Ea1h. Some соте to visit the             CONSTANT museums. But
most аге drawn to Bath because ot its superb 18th- and 1 gth-ceatury
architecture. 0ver the centuries, тапу of England's best architects have been
employed to develop Bath, which iswhy it is such a    СНАТ churches and most of
the     ВИИ) coloured stone.
But 01' course, there is а lot more to
Bath than iust history! Bath has а faatastic “ightlife, and по опе should miss
shopping for [оса] bargains in its . but CROWD magnificent shopping centres.

Practice                                             'IACTb 3 -
rPAMMAWIKA VI
Tlpoqumaüme mewcm c nponycnantu,
OÕO.3HaqeHHbtMU HO.wepa,wu A22—A28. 9mu
H0Mepa coomgemcmgwom .3aôaHu,q.M A22—A28, B Komopbtx
npeôcmag.zeHbL 603.MOY Hbte gapuaHmbL omgemoe. Oógeôume
HOMep 6bLÕpaHHoeo Bantu gapuaHma omeema.
A Meeting at Night

You have received a letter from
  your English-speaking pen-friend Steve who writes:
/ can't believe we are finishing school this year! What are
  gour plans after gou have finished school? What career interests you? What do
  most students in Russia do after finishing school? Here in Britain some
  students take a gap gear before continuing their studies or starting a job. /
  have decided to spend a year volunteering at an orphanage in Nepal ...
Write a
  letter to Steve. In your letter               answer his questions ask 3 questions
  about his gap year
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter
  writing.
Comment on the following statement.

"Mang young people decide to
  become vegetarians. However, some people are unsure whether being a
  vegetarian is a healthy wag to live.
What can you say for and against becoming a vegetarian?
  Write 200-250 words.
Use the following
  plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/ topic) •
  list the advantages and give reasons/examples
•
  list the
  disadvantages and give reasons/examples
•
  draw a conclusion
  (give your opinion or a balanced consideration of the topic)

A22

'twas dark and raining hard when I
first saw it and even now I'm not sure what it was that made me• . it. I had
teen driving a long time without stopping for a rest because I had to get to
the port to ..... the last ferry to the island.
I hadn't
wanted to sleep in the car in such bad weather, so I had kept driving. And
there it was, running ..... the car  long, easy strides.

A26

 didn't look at me at all; its eyes
were fixed firmly on the road ..... as it ran. I don't know how long it had
been tere, but it didn't seem at all tired. I wanted to stop the car to see
what would happen, but I was afraid . ofthe  so I kept going and tried to ignore
it. Surely it would get tired soon and lose me.

A28

I was wrong. When I A27 . at the port thenty
minutes later it was still there. It was .h sitting and• ..... at me hopefully
with bright black eyes. I still have that dog. I call him Sprinter.

1

remark

2 look

3 notice

4

catch

1

carry

2 catch

3 hold

4

travel

1

beside

2 along

3 next

4

across

1

forward

2 before

3 ahead

4

towards

I

losing

2 avoiding

3 escaping

4

missing

I

arrived

2 came

3 reached

4

entered

1

glancing

2 watching

3 staring

4

seeing

'IACTb 4 - nnCbMO

'IACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

Practice
Test 8
Bbl ycJtb1tuume uecmu
.rnoðeù o npo(þeccuqx. YcmaH06ume coomeemcmeue me.ycðy
BblCHCt3bt6aHUHMU wayðoeo eoeopnugeeo 1—6 u ymæp.wðehtumzu,
ÔaHHbtJtU 6 cnucwe A—G. ÞIcnoJLb3Yüme nayðoe
ymgepyðeHue, oÕ03HaIteHHoe õwcgoù, monbKO OÔUH
pam B .3aôaHuu ecmb OOHO nuuu€ee ym6ep%ðeHue. Bbl ycumuume 3anucb
ð6aYðb[. 3aHecume ceou ornesembt 6 maõuuuy Bl.
A
I was born to do
this job.
B
I'm always
learning more so that I can achieve my goals.
C
I'm thinking of
doing a different job that I think would be very rewarding.
D
I really like my
job, but it can be very challenging at times.
E
I am disappointed
with my career choice.
F
I think I am
lucky to get paid for doing what I love. G I'm finding it difficult to advance
my career.

Bbl ycJ1bnuume
6eceôy ð6YX ôpY3eü o aemHux yyeÕHb{X Kypcax.
Onpeðe.aume, Kanue 113 npugeðëHHbtx ymeepyôeHuü
Al—Ä7 coomgemcmgwom coÔep.HC(1HUHJ meKcma (1— True) , }ccncue He
coom6emcmgwom (2 — False) u o Z[ëM 6 mencme He cna3CIH0, mo ecmb Ha
OCH06(1Huu mencma He.'1b3¶ ðamb Hu nonoyumeJ1bHoeo, ompugameNbH0?0 orneema
(3 — Not stated). Bbl ycJLbtuzume 3anucb ô6aycðbt.
Oõgeôume nPa8UJ1bHbtÙ omeem.
Bobby
isn't going on holiday this summer.
                                 1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Bobby
thinks a lot is covered in a short time on summer courses.
                                 1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Jenna
thinks that teachers can't pay enough attention to their students on summer
courses.
                                 1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Jenna
did really well in her history exam last summer.
                                 1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Bobby
is looking forward to doing his summer course.
                                 1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Bobby
is planning to study for the whole summer.
                                 1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Many
students choose to do a course early in the summer.
1
True           2
False 3 Not stated

YACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHME

paccwat3 MYY¼UHbt o napne
ðurcux ycueomHb1X. B 3aðaHžuzx Ä8—A14 I , 2 uJIU 3,
coonuserncmewougwo Homepy 6btõpaHHoeo ea.ML1 eapuawna Bbl yc.lbltuume
sanucb (96aycðbt.
on the radio to talk about Paradise Park in order to 1 advertise the
park's tenth anniversary.
2
encourage people
to think about conservation. 3 ask the public for money.
Ryan advises visitors to Paradise Park to 1 ask about the 'adopt an
animal' scheme.
2      check the daily schedule of events.
3      not miss the rides and swimming
areas.
reason Paradise Park keeps endangered cat species is that are trying to
save them from extinction.
2 they attract large numbers of visitors. 3 they rescued them from
danger.
When
Ryan says 'Paradise Park is extremely well set up', he means that
1       there is a good variety of animals.
2       it is very good value for money.
3       everything visitors could want is
provided.
park's new safari truck
I gives
you a better view of some of the animals.
you to parts of the park where you can't walk. 3 is not very good value
for money.
Paradise Park helps the local community because 1 it provides jobs for
people.
2 it promotes conservation issues. 3 it raises money for charity.

recommends that people visit Paradise Park more thån
once because I it's impossible to do everything in one visit. helps the park to
pay for everything. people need to get out in nature more.

'IACTb 2 - 'ITEH"E

8
YcmaHogume
coomeemcmgue .weyôy A—H u mepccma,wu 1—7. 3aHecume ceou omeentbt 8
maõuugy B2 1•Icn0J1b3Yüme Kayôwo õwcgy mo.'1bK0
OÔUH pae3. B 3aôaHuu oôuH 3aeo.T1060K .uuu1Huü.

A Beliefs at sea

E Masters of the ocean

B A growing problem

F Not just a building

C Designing a new buélding

G Land and sea

D A helpful idea

H A valuable trade

1       The Phoenicians were some of the
greatest sailors of the ancient world they dominated sea trade in the
Mediterranean for over 3,000 years. It is the Phoenicians that we have to thank
for the invention of the alphabet — an idea which Phoenician traders spread to
other civilisations in the Mediterranean.
2       The Guggenheim Museum in New York was
designed by the architect Frank Wright. When it was first completed in 1959,
some artists complained that the building was so incredible that it was better
than the art inside it. Wright thought that these people were wrong. He said
that he had wanted to make both the building and the art inside it one
beautiful work of art.
3       Over the centuries, sailors and
fishermen developed many superstitions about what brought luck — or disaster -
at sea. Sailors thought it was bad luck, for example, to meet someone with red
hair on their way to the harbour, to rename a ship, or to set sail on a Friday.
On the other hand, they considered it lucky to have a black cat on board, and
no ship would set sail without one.
4       In the ancient world, purple clothing
was a sign of power and wealth. Purple dye was obtained from the bodies of sea
snails and it was so precious that a gram of it cost
5
6
7 more
than a gram of gold. The Phoenicians were the only people who knew how to make
purple dye in ancient times. In fact, this was how the Phoenicians initially
became rich.
Video games are as popular
as ever. No longer are they just games for children, as adults of all ages are
playing high-tech games and joining online gaming worlds. One of the downsides
of all this game playing is that it can be very addictive. In some countries,
video game addiction clinics have opened to try to help the increasing number
of addicts.
Crime is a major problem
for many communities today. Studies have shown that communities with organised
'Neighbourhood Watch' programmes have lower crime rates. These programmes
involve community members working together with police to stop crime. Many
police forces around the world are now encouraging communities to start these
kinds of programmes.
In 1991, three great
architects — from Japan, Austria and the USA — were given $10,000 and just three
weeks to submit a design proposal for a new Guggenheim museum in Bilbao,
Northern Spain. US architect Frank Gehry came up with the winning proposal.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

27, 1756 in Salzburg, the capital of what is now
Mozart's father, Leopold Mozart, was one of 's
leading musical teachers 1) ..... .
However, Leopold gave up composing when he lised that
his son had outstanding musical Leopold was proud of his son, and began to give
him musical training, teaching the young Mozart to play the piano, violin and
organ. Mozart's first two musical compositions were written in 1761, 2) ..... .
During
his youth, Mozart travelled a great deal with his father. They visited Munich,
Bavaria, Vienna Prague in 1762. This trip was followed by a and-a-half-year
concert tour, enabling Mozart play before audiences in Paris, London, The ue
and Zurich. Mozart met many great musicians during this trip, and became
familiar with the works of other great composers, including Johann Christian
Bach, 3) .... . In late 1767, Mozart and his father returned to Vienna, where
they remained until December 1768. After a year at home
whose music
was an inspiration for Mozart's own compositions
which
soon lost him his job

which brought him a
considerable amount of money
which became one of his
most famous pieces of music
he was asked to write three operas.
In 1781, Idomeneo, which is regarded as
Mozart's first great opera, was performed for the first time in Munich. The
following year, he visited Vienna with his employer, Prince-Archbishop
Colloredo. When they returned to Salzburg, Mozart began to behave rebelliously.
He did not want to follow his employer's wishes and disagreed with his
opinions,
He then began a career as a freelance composer.
On August 4, 1782, Mozart married
Constanze Weber. Although Mozart and Constanze had six children, only two
survived, and neither of them had children of their own 5) ..... The Mozart
tine, it seemed, had ended with Wolfgang.
Mozart enjoyed great popularity during his
short life and most of his concerts were well-attended,
However, he was not able to manage his
wealth, and spent it foolishly.
Mozart borrowed money from friends, and at
the time of his death on December 5th, 1791, he had several unpaid debts.
E    when he was just five years old
F    who lived to adulthood
G   who also cornposed his own music
"Hello,
you got to work?" Tom turned around suddenly and said: "Oh, Ben, it's
you! I didn't notice you." "Fm going swimming." Ben said.
"Don't you wish you could come too? But of course you'd rather' work,
wouldn't you? Course you would!" Tom contemplated the boy a bit, and said:
"What do you call work 9 " "Well, isn•t THAT
work?" Ben answered. Tom continued with his whitewashing, and answered carelessly: "Well,
maybe it is, and maybe it isn't.  All I know, is, it suits Tom
Sawyer." "Oh come.  now," Ben said. "You don't mean that you LIKE it?" The
brush continued to move. "Like it? Well I don't see why I shouldn't like it.
Does a boy get a chance to whitewash a fence every day?"

That put the thing in a new light.
Ben stopped nibbling his apple. Tom swept his brush back and forth, stepped
back to admire the effect, added a touch here and there. criticised the effect
again, Ben watching every move and getting more and more interested, more and
more absorbed. Eventually, he said: "Hey. Tom, let ME whitewash a
little." Tom considered and was about to agree, but then he changed his
mind: "No, no. I don't think so, Ben. You see, Aunt Polly's extremely
particular about this tènce. right here on the street, you know, but if
it was the back fence I wouldn't mind and SHE wouldn't. Yes, she-s very
particular about this fence. I don't think there's one boy in a thousand, maybe
two thousand, that can do it the way it's got to be done." "No is
that so?" Ben replied. "Oh come now. let me just try. Only just a
little. I'd let YOU, if you were me, Tom." "Ben, I'd like to, really,
but Aunt Polly, well, Jim wanted to do it, but she wouldn't let him: Sid wanted
to do it, and she wouldn't let Sid. Now don't you see my problem? If you
tackled this fence and anything happened to it Oh, Ell be just as
careful," Ben said. "Now let me try. I'll gi',e you the core of my
apple "Well, no, Ben. now don't. I'm afraid . I Il give you ALL of
it!" Ben insisted.
Tom gave
up the brush with reluctance in his face, but eagerness in his heart. And while
the late steam boat Big Missouri worked and sweated in the sun, Tom sat on a
barrel in the shade close by, munched his apple, and planned the slaughter of more
innocents. There was no lack of material: boys came along every once in a
while: they came to make fun of Tom, but remained to whitewash. By the time Ben
was tired, Tom had traded the next chance to Billy Fisher ror a kite — in good
condition — and when he got tired, Johnny Miller bought in for a dead rat and a
string to swing it with — and so on, and so on, hour after hour.
When the
middle of the afternoon came, from being a poor poverty-stricken boy in the
morning, Tom was rolling in wealth. Besides the things already mentioned, he
had twelve marbles, a piece of blue bottle-glass to look through. a key that
wouldn't unlock anything, a piece of chalk, a tin soldier. six fire-crackers, a
kitten with only one eye. a brass doorknob, a dog-collar but no dog, the handle
of a knitè and four pieces of orange peel.
He had
had a nice. lazy time all the while — plenty of company and the fence had three
coats of whitewash on it! If he hadn't run out of whitewash he would have
bankrupted every boy in the village.
Tom said
to himself that it was not such a hollow world, after all. He had discovered a
great law of human action, without knowing it: namely, that in order to make a
man or a boy want a thing, it is only necessary to make the thing difficult to
obtain.

ilpoqumaüme
npueeôëHHb1ü Huyce merccm. FIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu
HeOÕXOÔUMO, catoga, *taneqamaHHbte õwcga.uu c '-ccmge
cmpon, OÕ03HaueHHb[X Ho.uepaB4—BIO, man, qmoõbl OHU
epa.u.uamugeclcu coom6emcm806auu coôepuca;two mekccma. 3ano.1Hume
nponycnu noJtyqeHHb[Mu cuoga.wu. ICayÔbtÜ nponycR coorngemcmayem
omðe.1bH0.ug 3aðaH11}0 epynnbt B4—BIO.
A Car for the Future

The i(þa of a car powed by electricity is not ne,v. Several early
  cars to run on batteries, but they had a limited range and the discovery of
  oil fields in Texas which could provide cheap fuel meent that these cars
  popularfor long. Now, with people more concerned about the environment,
  interest in electric-powered cars .. once again. The designers of the new
  cars use the latest technology to make them as efficient as possible and the
  batteries used to power the cars are very different to those
  ........................„.. in the early
For more than a year now, one
  company     an electric sports car which can travel over 300km before the
  battery needs to be recharged. Until now, the car has only been sold in North
  America, but the company hopes that the car . available in Europe in the near
  future. There is only one

BUILD
NOT REMAN
BECOME
INCREASE
FIND
SELL
BE

problem; it costs more than
$100,000 to buy.

z Tlpoqumaüme npugeðëHHb1ü Huye mewcm.
TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu HeOÕXOÔuMO, cnoea, HanegamaHHbte
3aeua6Hbt.',tu õwcga,vtu 6 K0Hge cmpmc, oÕ03HcueHHbtx HO.]tepantU
Bl I—B16, maw, umoÕbt OHU epa.w.wamtue.clcu u neyccuttecnu
coomeemcmgoeanu coðepyaHtuo mencma. 3ano.rtHume nponycwu nO.U,nteHHb1MU
CJ106a.WU. Kaycôbtü nponY(-'l£ coomgemcmgyem
omâeJ1bH0.MY 3aðaH11}0 113 epynnbt B11—B16.
Owl Sanctuary
The Suffolk                                  Sanctuary in East Anglia,
England, is a wonderful place to watch, study or enjoythe company of          SIMPLE

are also flying
........................... each day. There is also an information
  centre about owls at the sanctuary, an owl hospital, picnic areas, and plenty
  of . for children, including a play area and mini-maze.
Many sick and injured owls are brought to the sanctuary every year for          Some require an overnight
  'pick-me-up' and can be released back into the wild very quickly, but owls that are
  more seriously hurt are treated at the

DEMONSTRATE ACTIVE
TREAT

There are
over sixw owls at the sanctuary and they are all housed in spacious cages. The
sanctuary organises many fun events throughout the year, and there
sanctuary's owl hospital.
In          . to caring for hurt
owls, the sanctuary also runs a nest box      ADD scheme. This is the placing
of man-made nest boxes in trees in suitable
. . .... .... ... ......... forowlsto use.              LOCATE The
sanctuary is supported entirety by entrance fees and voluntary donations from
members of the public.

             Practice                                             MACTb
3 - rPAMMAThKA h nEKChKA
3 Tlpoqumaüme me»ccm c
nponyœca.wu,        H0.uepa.wu A22—A28. 3mu Homepa coomeemcmgwom
3'1ðaHtdfl3t A22—A28, 6 nomopbtx npeôcma6JteHbl 60.3MO.YC no        Hble
eapuaHmb1 omeemoe. Oõgeôume HOJtep 6blÕpaHHoeo 6a.1tu
sapuawna omgema.
The Siberian Tiger
Last year I
had decided to visit Russia; it would be the holiday of a lifetime and the• A22
..... to see some of Russia's wildlife. particularly wanted to see the
beautiful Siberian tiger, which is the largest of all the tiger species. I
spent my first week in St Petersburg and then flew to Eastern Russia for my
five-day wilderness A23
My guide was
very experienced and knew the area well; he worked for the Wildlife
Conservation Society on the Siberian Tiger project. He told me that tigers
always live• A24 ..... in uninhabited forests and tend to avoid humans, so
finding a tiger would difficult. However, I was not going to be put off by this
information; I was determined to find this beautiful animal before my holiday
ended.
afternoon while we were walking in the forest, my guide suddenly stopped
and bent down to, A25 ..... something. He out some fresh claw marks on a tree
and said that there was A26...... a tiger somewhere in the area. We .....
walking and then after a few minutes my guide suddenly stopped; hidden among
the bushes and trees we caught A28 ..... of a Siberian tiger. I took my camera
out of my bag, aimed and took the picture of a lifetime!

A22

I

occasion

2 time

3

chance

4

possibility

A23

1

voyage

2 trip

3

travel

4

outing

A.24

1

single

2 lonely

3

solo

4

alone

A25

1

research

2 spot

3

test

4

examine

A26

I

probably

2 reasonably

3

normally

4

particularly

A.27

1

fell back

2 took off

3

carried on

4

went forward

:A28

1

sight

2 glimpse

3

glance

4

look

MACTb 4 - m«cbM0
You want to attend a summer English language course at a college in
Britain. Write a letter to the course director asking about the cost of the
course, when it is and if accommodation is provided.
Write 100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter
writing.
Comment on the following
statement.
"Nowadays, a lot of
children plag video games. Mang parents Chink that theg are violent and affect
their children in negative ways whereas others disagree and fee/ that they can
even be beneficial.
What is your
opinion? Should children be allowed to play video games or not? Write 200-250
words.
Use the following plan:
write an
introduction (state the topic) express your personal opinion and give reasons
for it give arguments for the other point of view and expiain why you don't
agree with it draw a conclusion
1 - AYAhPOBAHhE
 Bbl ycJ1bnuume BblCRCZ3bt6CZHUH uecmu .uoðeù 015
onplJYœotgeù cpeôe. YcmaH06u coomæmcmgue Meyôy
6btcna.3b16(1Hu.qvvtU 'ca.ycðozo eogopqugeeo 1—6 u ymøepyôeH
ðaHHb1MU 6 cnucl€e A—G. IIcno.tb.3Yùme Icaycðoe
ymgepyôe}£ue, oó03HaqeHHoe õwceoù.
mo."LbK0 OÔUH pa.3. B 3aðaHuu ecmb OÔHO nuuutee
ymeepycðeHue. Bbl YCJLb1UIU 3'anucb ð6UYObt.3aHecume ceou on16embL 8
maõuugy BI.
A I am involved in environmental issues on a global scale. B I'm aware of
environmental problems, but take no action.
C       I take action at a local level.
D       I encourage otherpto take an interest
in the environment.
E
feel annoyed by
people who don't take environmental issues seriously.
F
I've recently
changed my attitude and I am getting more involved.
G       Despite good intentions, I'm not
doing a lot to help protect the environment.

9 Bbl
ycnt,nuume õeceðy ðgyx Opu3eù o maJ1(1Hmax.
Onpeôeaume, Icanue npugeôëHHbtx ymeepyôe,quü Al—A7
coomgemcmqnom coôepyaH11}0 mencma (1— True), Ranue He coomgemcmgwom (2 —
False) u o Z{ëM 6 meRcme He cnasaH0, mo ecmb Ha OCHOBCIHUU meŒccma
H'?J1b3H ðamb nouoyumeJ1bHoeo, ompugame:tbHoeo omaema (3 — Not stated). Bbl
ycJ1btuume 3anucb Ôea.ycÔbL. Oõgeôume
nPa6UJtbHbtÜ omeem.
Paul
gives guitar lessons to others in the afternoons.
                                           1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Paul
thinks it will take more than talent to reach his goal.
                                           1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Julie would like to learn how to play
the guitar.
                                            1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Paul
thinks that Julie should try and discover what she is good at.
                                            1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Paul discovered that he liked playing the guitar by accident. 1 True 2
False 3 Not stated
Julie quite enjoys doing household chores. 1 True   2 False           3
Not stated
Julie wouldn't like to be famous.
1       True           2 False 3 Not stated

Practice Test 9

'IACTb 1 - AYAMPOBAH"E

3 Bbl ycJ1b1tuume paccya3 yeHU4UHb1 0 paõome
  ðpeccupot;ugugeù coõa,tc. B 3aôaHuH.r A8—A14
  oógeðume uurþpy I , 2 UJIU 3, coomgemcmgwougwo hto.wepy
  6b1ÕpaHHoeo gamu gapuawna omaema. Bbl ycJ1b1tuume sanucb
  ðgayôbt.

Adrienne says that dog training 1 is best done by a professional.
2       is not particularly difficult.
3       requires a lot of time and effort.
It's a good idea to start dog training with the 'sit' command because 1
dogs learn it easily.
2 it teaches your dog that you are in control. 3 dogs do this naturally.
Adrienne
says the 'stay' command
I is
the most difficult command to teach.
2      should be taught at the same time as
'sit'.
3      isn't a command that a dog naturally
follows.
When teaching the 'stay command, Adrienne recommends 1 taking your time.
2     a lot of repetition.
3     teaching it when your dog is hungry.
Dog owners should remember that puppies 1 can only learn simple commands.
2 need to be trained very differently to adult dogs. 3 shouldn't be
punished for mistakes.
To stop dogs barking too much, Adrienne recommends I ignoring your dog
whenever it barks.
2 holding up your hand and saying 'stop!' firmly. 3 putting your dog
outside until it calms down.
Adrienne set up a website in order to 1 advertise her business.
2     help more people.
3     have time for her dog.

HACTb 2 - 'ITEH"E

9
VcmaH0Bume
coomeemcm6ue .&teucðy 3aeourt06}ca.wu   u merccma:ytu 1—7. 3aHecume
cgou omeembl e maõuugg B2. Vfcnoe1b3Yüme kcaotcOwo õwcey
mov'1bR0 oðuH pam B 3aôaHuu oðun 3ae0Jt060R UUUIHIIÙ.

A
Protection
from the weather
B
Indoor
& outdoor shoes
C
Different
shoes tor different people
D
Talented
people
1
You
won't see any elephants or tigers at this circus; 'Cirque du Soleil' is
comprised of people only. Acrobats, clowns, dancers and singers are all part of
the action. Each incredible show has its own theme and storyline and is
performed to live music. Instead of there being a curtain to
separate the acts, artists remain on stage and in character during the entire
show. These gifted performers even move their own props on and off the stage.
2
Neptune
is the fourth largest planet in our solar system. It has a hazy atmosphere,
thick clouds and strong winds. Neptune's colour, blue, is caused by a gas that
absorbs red light. 'Spots' can sometimes be seen on Neptune, which are storms
in its atmosphere. However, unlike Jupiter's 'Great Red Spot', which has lasted
for hundreds of years, Neptune's spots appear and disappear very quickly.
3
In
ancient Egypt, the type of sandal someone wore showed their position in
society. Common citizens wore sandals made from a type of grass, for example.
These consisted of a flat sole tied to the foot by a thin strap between the
toes. Sandals with pointed toes were only worn by important people in society.
4
Before
we had technology to help us forecast the weather, we listened to nature's
warnings. Dry grass told us that rain was
E
F
G
H
Powerful colours
Predicting the weather
A
stormy planet
A colourful mystery
corning, for example, and red skies at night indicated
that dry air and dust was on its way. To pass on these useful techniques,
people made up proverbs and rhymes to tell their children. Some of the more
popular ones include 'flowers smell best just before the rain' and 'red sky at
night, shepherd's delight'.
5      Archaeological
evidence suggests that humans have been living in underground dwellings for
millennia. In the province of Shaanxi, in Northwest China, people still prefer
to live in caves rather than in ordinary houses because they remain warm during
the long, severe winters and stay cool during the scorching hot summers.
6      The
largest planet in our solar system is Jupiter. When looked at through a
telescope, Jupiter appears colourful with bands of blue, brown and pink. Its
most distinguishing feature is "the Great Red Spot" which is a
gigantic windstorm. Recently, astronomers have discovered a new red spot
growing on Jupiter, but no one knows why this new spot has appeared.
7      The
ancient Romans had two styles of footwear - sandals and shoes. Shoes were
always worn in the street, whereas sandals were worn at home. When people sat
down to eat, however, slaves would remove their sandals and keep them until
after the meal.

MACTb 2 - '•1TEHhE
2 llpoqumaùme mencm u 3an0JIHume
nponycžcu 1—6 ilacm51.wu npeôJ10H€Huù, OÕ03HaqeHHbtMU
õwcga."tu A—G. OÔHa         Itacmeù e cnucne A—G
JIUUIHHH. 3aHecume õyxey, oõ03Haqcnotuwo coomgerncm6wou4Y10 qacmb
npeðA0YeH11H,

6 maõuugy B.
Machu
Picchu is an ancient city located on a ntain ridge, 2,430 metres above the
rubamba Valley in Peru.
Historians believe that the city was built by
the ruler of the time, Sapa Inca Pachacuti. The building of Machu Picchu began
in about 1440,
t 750 people lived in Machu Picchu at any
htone time. Historians believe that the city was a tsntry retreat 2) .....
Probably only a few le lived there during the rainy season or when there
weren't any nobles visiting.
The site is comprised of a large palace and
'sples for worshipping Inca gods, as well as military constructions, plazas and
agricultural terraces. The site may have been chosen for its ique location and
geological features. Some dy that the silhouette of the mountain range behind
Machu Picchu symbolises the face of a ill
rson looking up towards the heavens, 3) ..... .
SA with the largest mountain peak
representing the nose
B
which
is more than 3,000 metres above sea level

2

3

4

5

6

C

and
the city was inhabited until the
Spanish
conquered Peru in 1 532
D
with
thousands of visitors walking the ancient Inca roads each year
Although local people continued to visit
Machu Picchu after the Spanish invasion, the city was forgotten by the outside
world for hundreds of years. Then, on July 24, 1911, Hiram Bingham Ill, an
American historian and lecturer at Yale University, was shown the site by some
of the local people. He had been looking for the city of Vitcos, 4)
Bingham
wrote a number of books and articles about the discovery of Machu Picchu,
including a book entitled "The Lost City of the Incas", 5) ..... .
Today,
Machu Picchu is a popular tourist destination, 6) ..... . Unfortunately, the
number of people visiting the site is endangering its very existence and every
year the damage to this unique historical wonder grows worse.
UNESCO is now considering putting Machu
Picchu on its list of endangered world heritage sites.
E
where
noble people went to get away from city life
F
which
became another name for the city
G
which
was the last Inca refuge during the Spanish conquest of peru
Dr.
Brown's dental practice was on the ground floor of a large suburban
house which had been built towards the end of the 19th century. The front room: which
served both as the waiting room and an office for the secretary, was furnished
with dusty armchairs and a couple of sofas that looked as though they must have
been bought secondhand when the house was first occupied. The usual selection
of magazines, all hopelessly out ofdate and falling  to pieces, were scattered on a
scratched coffee table that stood on a worn-out carpet in the centre of the room.
John
wondered where all the magazines came from. Somehow, he could not imagine Dr. Brown reading magazines with titles
like "Woman's Fashion Weekly" and "Home and Family" in his
spare time. Perhaps the secretary brought them in, he thought, as he sat fidgeting
on the uncomfofiable sofa next to his serious-looking father. He wanted to ask
her, but it somehow seemed wrong to speak: just about the only sounds that could be
heard in the room were the steady tick of the clock which stood on the
mantelpiece over the fireplace and the tap-tap of the secretary's typewriter.

Some ofthe people sitting in
the waiting room were idly flipping through the old magazines while others,
probably regular visitors, were reading the morning newspapers they had wisely
brought with them. One lady sat next to the fire quietly knitting what looked
like a long scarf, exactly as if she were sitting in her own living room at
home. Another woman kept looking at the clock and moaning softly, but there was
no conversation amongst the waiting patients.
Bored,
John started to play a game. "What was wrong with all these people?"
he asked himself. Were they all here for the same routine checkup as he was?
Surely not; that lady was clearly in pain. so he decided the others must all
have terrible problems as well. For a start, the knitting lady had absent-mindedly
put one of her knitting needles in her mouth and bitten it, breaking a tooth.
He was sure this was the case because his mother was always warning him that
this would happen to him if he didn't stop chewing his pen when he was doing
his And that man with the grey hair: wasn't his right cheek just a little bit
swollen? Obviously he had eaten something with a maggot in it and now the
maggot was still there in his mouth, eating through his gums .
Suddenly,
John was brought back to earth by the sound of footsteps in the hall outside
and then a bell rang somewhere in the room. Everybody looked up at the secretary
as she looked at a list of names in the diary on her desk. "Mrs
Barker," she called out, and the lady by the fire carefully put her
knitting away in the plastic bag she carried and rose to her feet. heading
towards the door and the dentist's chair. The other patients seemed to relax a
little as they returned to their reading; even the moaning from the
clock-watching lady stopped for a few seconds. John sighed and picked up one of
the more colourful-looking magazines in front of him. He had had enough of his
game, but he had a horrible feeling that it was going to be a long time before
it was his turn to see the dentist.

YACTb 2 - MTEH"E

In the first paragraph, the writer gives the impression
that Dr Brown's dental practice 1 had been operating for many years.
2
was
in a poor area of town.
3
needed
to be modernised. 4 was not very spacious.
John didn't ask the secretary about the magazines because
1 he didn't want to break the silence in the room.
2
he
knew that his father wouldn't want him to.
3
he
could see that she was busy. 4 he didn't want to appear rude.
in
The writer suggests that some patients had brought
something to read with them because
1
it took their minds off their pain.
It, 2 they expected to wait a long time
to see the dentist. 3 they didn't want to speak to one another.
at                       4
they knew the magazines in the waiting room were old.
•p is   As John watched the different people in the
waiting room, he
1
felt
happy that he had only come for a checkup.
2
tried
to imagine why each of them had come to see the dentist. 3 was shocked by the
serious problems that some of them had.
a
4
felt sorry for those who seemed to be in a lot of pain.
The writer uses the phrase
'was brought back to earth' in paragraph five to mean that John
I
stopped feeling bored.
2
was
surprised by something.
3
became
aware of reality again. 4 suddenly realised something.
The writer suggests that when the secretary called out
the name of the next patient, the other people in the waiting room
1       didn't
react at all.
2
reacted
very nervously.
3
felt
relieved that it wasn't their turn yet.
4
seemed
annoyed they were having to wait so long.
John stopped playing his game because 1 he had become
bored with it.
2
it
was starting to make him feel nervous.
3
he
wanted to read a magazine that looked interesting.
4
Mrs
Barker left the room and he couldn't play it without her.

MACTb
  3 - rPAMMAThKA VI JlEKChKA

Practice Test 9

Ilpoltumaùme
npu6eôëHHb1ü Huye mewcm. IIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu
HeOÕXOÔuMO, cuoea, HaneqamaHHbte 3aaua6Hb1.1tu
õwcgaötu 6 ,lCOHge cmpo»c, OÕ03Ha1teHHb[X 'to.uepaB4—BIO,
man, qmoõbL OHU epa.M.1tanuuecnu coomeemcmgoea.rtu
coôepyca}ítuo mewcma. 3ano.1Hume nponycnu c.rtoea.rwu.
Raycôb[ù nponync coomgemcmeyem omðeJ1bH0.wy 3aÔaHuHJ
epynnb[ B4—BIO.
The Channel Tunnel

For
  nearly two hundred years before            it became a reality, people . . .
  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . about building a tunnel under the sea to link
  England and France. Digging did acgually start at the end of the 19th
  century, but the work was soon stopped because politicians were afraid that
  such a tunnel could . . . . . . . . . . . by armies to attack England.
Despite all the difficulties and
  fears, a railway tunnel . . . . . . . . . . the two countries was finally
  completed in 1994. Since then, thousands of people . the journey under the
  English Channel seabed from the centre of Paris to the centre of London.
The trains travelling between England
  and France not only people, but vehicles, too. Special trains are used to
  carry cars and lorries between stations,
. near the coast at both
  ends of the tunnel. So you can now take your car from one country to the
  other a lot faster than by ferry. Recently, second and third phases of the
  Channel tunnel with intermediate stations and faster trains.

TALK
CONNECT
MAKE
PUT
BUILD

2 Ilpoqumaüme npueeôëHHb1ü htuye mencm.
IIpeoõpa3Yùme, ecuu HeOÕXOÔUMO, CJ106a,
HaneqamaHHbte 3aeua6Hb1.uu õwcea»zu 6 KOH14e cmpmc, OÕ03HageHHb1X
H0.wepamu BI I—B16, man, gmoõbl OHU epa.MJtamuqeocu u Jle\ccuqecwu
coomgemcmoeauu coôepycamuo mencma. 3ano.1Hume nponycnu PIOUtyqeHHbLMU
cuoga,wu. Kayôb{ü nponyoc coomgemcmeyem omðeJ1bH0.M!/
.3aôaHU}0 113 epynnb[ BI I—B16.
Jumping Spiders

The jumping spider family is the
  largest family ot spiders and includes more than 5,000 species. Jumping
  spiders are small, usually less than 2cm in length, with plump bodies, short
  legs and large eyes. Many species are brightly-coloured and all can jump
  between 20 to 80 times the . of their body.
Jumping spiders are known for their If a human hand
  approaches it, a jumping spider will jump towards the hand instead of running
  away as most spiders do.
In
  fact, jumping spiders seem to be      in everything they come across and when
  something attracts their attention they usually follow it closely with their
  big
Jumping spiders do not catch their prey in webs; they
  use their excellent eyesight to track it and then they jump on it. Before
  each jump, they spin a silk . . . . . . .. .. line just in case they miss
  their target.
At
  the end of each leg, jumping spiders have hundreds of tiny hairs. These hairs
  are split into hundreds more tiny hairs, each one ending with a 'foot'. These
  'feet' . .. .........„....... them to climb across almost any type of
  surface.
In
  fact, jumping spiders can even climb up glass, a trick which most other
  spiders find .  to do.

LONG
CURIOUS
INTEREST
SAFE
ABLE
POSSIBLE

MACTb
3 - rPAMMAWIKA VI .nEKChKA
Tlpoqumaùme mewcm c nponycyca.uu,
OÕ03HaWHHb1.UU H0.uepa.uu Ä22—A28. 9mu H0Mepa coomsemcmawom
3CIÔaHUH.M A22—A28, 8 rcomopbtx npeâcmaeneHbt 603-MOH no Hble
capuaHmbt om6emoa. Oõgeôume Homep 6biópaHHoeo ea.',tu
gapuaHma omeema.
Teenage Crisis
Mary was a good student. She had always liked school and
her teachers were very A22 of her. They were sure that she would have no
problem the university entrance examination at the end of the year and that she
would go on to become an excellent doctor. But then she changed. She started
going to school late and gÑing all kinds ot . . for not doing her
homework. When she was asked why she was always late, she . to say anything at
ail, so Mary's worried teachers called her parents to try to find out what was
Her parents were shocked when they heard what their daughter's teachers had to
say. Apparently, Mary had been leaving home to go to school at the same time as
she always had done, and she had been
. all her time in the evenings in her
room studying, or so they thought. They had to . what was going on — quickly.

A22

1

pleased

2

happy

3

proud

4

satisfied

A23

1

writing

2

making

3

passing

4

achieving

A24

1

remarks

2

apologies

3

excuses

4

suggestions

A25

1

denied

2

refused

3

disagreed

4

rejected

A26

1

problem

2

wrong

3

incorrect

4

bad

A27

1

using

2

sitting

3

taking

4

spending

A28

1

find
  out

2

see to

3

look over

4

check
  up

YACTb
4 - nncbM0
You
have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Julia who writes:
I'm a gymnast so / train almost everg day
and I travel a lot to competitions, so / don't have much free time. Are you
involved in ang clubs or sports? How much free time do you have and what kinds
of things do you like to do? Do gou get together very often with gour friends?
In two weeks, I'm going to Ireland for a gymnastics competition ...
Write a letter to Julia. In your letter      answer his
questions ask 3 questions about his gapyear
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"Package holidays which include al/
flights, accommodation and tours are verg popular with some holidaymakers.
Other travel/ers sag that making gour own holidag plans is better. What is your
opinion? Is it better to go on a package holiday or to make your own plans?
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/ topic) express
your personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments for the other
point of view and explain why you don't agree with it draw a conclusion

Bbl
ycJLb1tuume 3b1CKa3bL6aHUH uecmu .uoûeù o paõome
60.710Hmëpog. .Vcmanogume coomeemcmeue .weyðy 6btcya.3bt6aHU.RJtU
nayðoeo eoeopaugeeo I —6 u ymæp:ycðemuwu, ÔaHHbtMU 8 cnucwe
A—G. Mcn0J1b3Yüme nayôoe ym6epHôeHue, oÕ03HaqeHHoe
õwcaoü, monbK0 oðtLH pa.3. B .3aôaHuu ecmb oðH0
nuuutee ymeepyôewue. Bbl yc.tlbuuume 3anucb ðgayðbt. 3aHecume
ceou omeembt 6 maõ.uugy Bl.
A
It's
very important to me to see the difference I'm making.
B
I
like the fact that the volunteer work I do helps others feel better.
C
I
think it's easy to get involved in charity work.
D
I've
started my own qommunity project and it's going well.
E
Volunteering
helps me see how lucky I am.
F
It's
satisfying to support a successful community project. G I want to help people
have better opportunities in life.

'IACTb
  1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

2 Bbl ycJ1bnuume õeceôy
ðgyx ðp!/3eù o npoeoðu.uoü anguu «ZteHb itucmombt».
Onpeðe.uume, ranue 113 npueeôëHHbL.r ymgepyðeHuü Al—A7
coomgemcmgwom coôepyautuo mewcma (1— True), nanue He coorneemcmewom (2 —
False) u o që.}t g mencme He cwa3aH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06CIHUU mencma
He-lib3H ôamb Hu noaoyume.'tbHoeo, Hu ompugameš1bHoeo omeema (3 —
Not stated). Bbl yc.lbltuume 3anucb ÔeayÔb1. Oõgeðume
npaguJ1bHbtù omgem.
Jane
believes the event will discourage people from dropping litter in the future.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Most of the participants in the event last year were
about Tom's age.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Jane's dad is going to help collect litter on the
clean-up day. 1 True  2 False            3 Not stated
Tom wants to help clean up
the park.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Participants don't have to bring their own lunch.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Jane is really looking
fonvard to taking part in the event.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Tom
made some good friends at the event last year.
                                       1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
o                                                                                'IACTb
- AYAhPOBAHhE
3 Bbl ycJ1btuzume yeHU4UHY, 0 pecmopaHax
J10Hð0Ha. B .3aôaHILHX A8—A14 oõeeðume gucþpy 1 , 2
u.rtu 3, coomeemcmgwougwo Homepy 6btÕPaHHoeo gamu 6apuaruna omgema. Bbl
yc.u.uuume 3anucb ðeayôbl.
The
narrator is
1
a
restaurant critic.
2
a
head chef.
3
a
restaurant owner.
The narrator says that London restaurants nowadays 1 have
improved in several ways.
2 are getting more and more expensive. 3 are the very
best in the world.
According to the narrator, restaurants 1 often do better
if they serve simple food.
2
are
quite easy businesses to run.
3
don't
do well if they are not in the right area.
The narrator believes that it's possible to eat better in
London now because 1 there is more competition.
2 the quality of the staff in restaurants is high. 3
there is more variety of food.
According
to the narrator, restaurants are often open for longer these days
1
because
the owners want to make more money.
2
because
more people want to eat out. 3 to suit people's changing lifestyles.
The
narrator's friend Nathan was surprised by
1
how
quickly his restaurant became popular.
2
how
difficult the first year of running his restaurant was. 3 how much he has
enjoyed running a restaurant.
             A 1
4 The narrator recommends that visitors eat at Pike                especially
because of
1
the
excellent service.
2
the
original menu. 3 the location.

B
Students
getting involved
C
Well
known danger
D
Not
at school
I The game of snakes and ladders was
originally played in ancient India and was called Moksha Patamu. The ladders
represented good deeds and characteristics such as kindness and the snakes bad
ones such as anger. As in the modern game, there were always fewer ladders than
snakes. This was to remind children how difficult it is to live a moral and
correct life.
2
For
many decades, no one had any idea that smoking was unhealthy. Nowadays everyone
knows this. Cigarette companies are even required by law to put a warning in
large letters on all their cigarette cartons that smoking causes serious
diseases.
3
Basketball
was invented by Dr. James Naismith, a Canadian sports coach, in 1891 . He wrote
some basic rules and used a peach basket with its bottom still in as a net. In
1906, these peach baskets were replaced by metal hoops. Players also originally
used a football to play with. The modern orange basketball was invented in the
late 1 950s.
4
Many
parents and teachers believe that it isn't appropriate for teenage girls to
wear makeup at school. Interestingly,
E
F
G
H
A
game with a meaning
Time-saving
ideas
How
the game has changed
A
possible reason
many
students agree. Anna Davies, 1 2, says: " l think makeup should be banned
because school is for learning, not showing off. "
5
A
new generation of environmentalists are being created. Environmental issues
have become a major focus in today's schools. Whether it's in class or on their
own, students are taking action to protect the environment and solve
threatening problems. There may be  hope
for the planet after all!
6
A
new website with over 3,000 recipes is perfect for busy people with little time
on their hands. Each recipe is for a quick, simple and healthy meal. No recipe
should require more than 30 minutes total preparation and cooking time and
there are plenty of vegetarian recipes, too.
7
Ireland
does not have any snakes. One theory as to why is that snakes are coldblooded
animals that cannot survive in areas where the ground is frozen all year round.
Until as recently as 1 5,000 years ago, Ireland was covered in ice. Since this
time, the 12 miles of sea that separate Ireland from snake-inhabited Scotland
have ensured that Ireland has remained snake free.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

'IACTb 2 - 'ITEHhE
2 Ilpožtumaüme merccm u 3an0JIHume
nponucl€u 1—6 ttacmRJtu npeðJtoyceHuù,
OÕ03HaqeHHb1"tu ÕWC6a.wu A—G.
C)ðHa us uacmeù (3 cnucne .71UtUHflH. 3aHecume õWC6Y,
oõ03HaLtaK)1t41JJ0 coomaemcmmwougwo gacmb npeOJtoyeH11H,

8 maõuugy B3.
n mobile
phones were first introduced in the 1980s, they were only used by the very
wealthy or by business executives. Also, most were so large that they were
permanently installed in vehicies as car phones.
fewer than twenty years, however,
mobile phones have become small, inexpensive items
fact,
apparently there are now more mobile nes in the UK than there are people. It is
not surprising, therefore, that a 'mobile culture' has developed, with mobiles
being used to start and maintain relationships, show identity and belonging
However,
mobiles have become an important item a more basic reason — because they are a
tastic 'all-in-one' device. After all, mobiles can be used as personal
organisers, alarm clocks, cameras, ress books and even music players, 3) .....
.
A
so
that people are not able to use their phones
B
which
makes them incredibly useful
C
as
a result of disruption from mobile phones ringing
D
with
users decorating and accessorising their phones to reflect their personality
The
mobiie phone has also become a fashion item and a way to express yourself, 4) .
. And let's not forget the huge business which has sprung up around mobile
phone screensavers, wallpapers and ringtones.
Nevertheless,
mobile phones do have their disadvantages. Users frequently speak loudly on
their mobile phones in public places and forget to switch them off when in
theatres, classrooms and restaurants. There are also safety concerns about
mobile phone use, 5) .....
Recently,
some companies have even installed equipment to block mobile phone signals. For
example, some train companies now provide "quiet carriages" where
radio signals are jammed 6) ..
All
in all, however, the mobile phone is generally considered to be a fantastic
invention that has changed the way people live.
E
which
nobody seems to be able to live without
F
such
as accidents being caused by drivers using mobile phones
G
and
even show social status
                              3                       6

The Mechanic

Manin
was lying on his back trying to loosen a bolt under the engine of a motorbike.
A large pair of boots appeared by his head and he looked up. "Could you
take a look at my bike? I know what's wrong. It's the fuel injection,"
said the owner of the boots. Martin stO(Xì up slowly, wiping his hands
on a dirty cloth. The last thing he needed was another know-it-all motorbike
enthusiast telling him how to do his job. He had often wondered how so many
bike owners managed to convince themselves they understood engines better than
he did, simply because they had read  the owner's manual.
The bike was on the road
just outside the workshop and Martin went out to take a look. He hoped the
biker wouldn 't notice his slight limp. He hated to think that people felt sorry
for him and looked down on him as not quite a whole man. Five years ago he'd
had a very bad accident that put him in hospital for three months. He'd
been riding his bike down a main road late one night when someone pulled out of
a side street straight into his path. He was lucky not to have been killed on
that lonely road. Fortunately, now the only sign of his terrible injuries was
his odd way ofwalking.
Martin
began to wheel the bike into the workshop while the owner fired questions at
him. He wanted to know if he could fix it, how long it would take and how much
it would cost. Martin looked at the man blankly. "l won't know until I've
had a look at it." he replied, trying not to sound annoyed. "Come
back tomorrow and I'll let you know" It was always the same with owners.
They asked questions that you couldn't possibly answer until you had opened up
the engine. He tried to be patient with his customers but, as his girlfriend,
Michelle. often pointed out, he wasn•t very good at it.
The one
thing he was brilliant at was repairing motorbikes. No matter what condition
they were in, he'd get them back on the road again. He thought of himself as a
special kind of doctor who imestigated all the symptoms in order to get the
patient well again. Martin examined Big-Foot's bike. It was an old BMW and it
had seen better days. The engine was covered in oil and dirt and the brake pads
looked dangerously worn. Martin doubted it had been serviced for a very long
time. He smiled to himself. The owner probably wouldn't even recognise his own
bike by the time he'd finished with it.
He pulled his tool box over to the bike and
started work. He wanted to get a good look inside the engine before Michelle
turned up. She seemed to think that if she didn't bring him his lunch every day
that he would be in danger of starving to death. Whenever he tried to tell her
that he was more than happy to get himself a pizza from across the road she
would pull a face and mutter something about his health. He still wasn't sure
if he liked her coming to the workshop or not. Her food was excellent but she
had a nasty habit of moving his caretìllly arranged tools to make room for
the food on his workbench.
He was concentrating so much on what
he was doing that he didn't hear her come into the workshop. "Come on,
time to get your vitamins, she said, pulling on his ear playfully. He gave her
a stern look and pretended to be annoyed, but he couldn't keep it up for long.
Her good humour was infectious. It was true that her visit had a good effect on
him. She always managed 10 lighten his mood.
Michelle
leaned against his workbench and looked at him with a thoughtful expression on
her face. He couldn't tell what she was thinking because he'd never been able
to work out anything about how women's minds worked. All he knew was that they were
nothing like motorbike engines. which he understood perfèctly.
"You•re looking very tired and stressed." she said. "l think we
need a bike ride down to the sea." Martin had to agree that it sounded
like a very good idea. He grabbed his keys.

'IACTb 2 - 'ITEHHE

In paragraph one, we learn that Martin was tired of
customers 1 not reading their owner's manuals properly.
2
entering
his workshop without knocking.
3
thinking
they knew more than him.
4
interrupting
him when he was busy.
s                     Martin
worried that the physical problem he had from his accident
1
would
never get better.
2
was
negatively affecting his business.
3
would
stop him living a full and active life. 4 affected the way people saw him.
Martin
didn't answer the bike owner's questions because
I
he didn't know the answers to them.
2
he
found them rude.
3
he
was too busy at that moment.
4
he
was bored of answering the same questions.
When the writer uses the phrase 'it had
seen better days' in paragraph four, he means that the motorbike
1
was
a model that Martin admired.
2
wasn't
in very good condition.
3
would
be difficult to repair.
4
looked
worse than expected for its age.
The
writer tells us that Martin disliked Michelle
1
asking
what he had eaten.
2
buying
him takeaway food.
3
distracting
him from his work. 4 disturbing his equipment.
Martin appreciated that Michelle I stopped him from being
too serious.
2
got
on well with his customers.
3
put
up with his bad moods.
4
was
concerned about his health.
In the final paragraph, the writer suggests that 1
Michelle and Martin were very close.
2
Michelle
was more caring and thoughtful than Martin.
3
Martin
didn't always understand Michelle very well. 4 Michelle and Martin both had a
lot on their minds.
EF3

"EKCWKA

Tlpoqumaüme
npugeðëHHb1ü Huye moccm. TIpeoõpa3Yüme, eCJtU
HeOÕXOÔU.MO, cuoga, HaneqamaHHbte .3aena6HbtMU
ÕW£6a.MU 6 E0Hge cmpow, OÕ03HayeHHb[X HomepaB4—BIO, maw,
unoõbl OHU epa.u.wamuztec}€u coomeemcm606(JJtu coôepyaH11*0
mexcma. 3ano.1Hume nponyc}€u nouyqeHHbt.Mu cuoga.wu. Kayðbtù nponycK
coomeemcmeyem omÔe.ŒbHOMY 3aðaHtuo epynnb[ B4—BIO.
Late Delivery

These days, letters
    posted in one country can be sent to somebody on the other side of the
    world in less than a week, thanks to air mail.
But this is not
    what happened to a letter. by a Mr Gray in 1937.
    He suddenly had to leave the country to go to France and so he quickly
    wrote a letter to his wife to say goodbye and tell her what a wonderful
    wife she was. He must have posted the letter just before he boarded the
    ship that would take him to France, but sadly the ship         .
     and Mr Gray was never
    seen again.
Mrs Gray finally
    received the letter last week — more than sixty years after her husband

LIVE
SEND
SINK

it.
An official explained that the letter had fallen behind a WRITE undiscovered if
the Post Office hadn't decided REMAIN

to replace the old
  furniture.
Today,
  Mr Gray could have sent his wife an email or a text message instead of a
  letter.
In fact, the use of postal services for business
  correspondence, as well as for personal letters, .. all the time. In all
  probability, the number of daily postal deliveries . to drop in the future.

DECLINE
CONTINUE

Ilpogumaüme
npueeôëHHb1ü Huye mencm. IIpeoõpa3Yùme, ecuu
HeoÕxoÔu.wo, cnoea, HaneyamaHHbte 3aena6Hb[MU ÕYR6(JMU 6
KOH14e cmpon, OÕ03HatteHHbLX HO.uepaJtu Bl I—B16, mmc, qmoõbl OHU
epaM.uamuqec}€u u Jtewcuztechcu coomgemcmeoga„wu coôepycunno mercma.
3an0JLHume nponycyu nougqeHHbt.wu cuogantu. Kayôblü nponycn•
coomeemcmeyem omÔe.1bHo.1ty 3aôaHtno 113 epynnbl B11—B16.
Siberian
Huskies
Three thousand years ago, the Chukchi people of
northeastern Siberia depended on

In the 1900s, fur traders took huskies to
  North America. They gained
         .
  . . . . . . . . . . . . recognition when they rushed urgent medicine to sick
  Alaskans in 1925. Consequently, they became well known for their speed and
  endurance.
However, it is the
  huskies' gentle and sociable character that makes them           family
  pets. If you are looking for a guard dog, however, then this breed is not for
  you, as huskies tend to like everyone. Also, if huskies are left alone, they
  can become bored and  They show their boredom
  by howling like a wolf!
It is better to get a
  husky when it is a puppy so that you can train it and show it who is boss.
This
  will                                                              . that your
  husky becomes a wonderful pet.

GLOBE
OCEL
BEHAVE
SURE

Siberian
Huskies for their These cheerful dogs pulled SURVIVE sleds and herded reindeer
in a very . . . . . environment.
Practice Test 10                                                'IACTb
3 - rPAMMATb1KA 91 .nEKChKA
3 Ilpowmaüme me}ccm c
nponycwa,wu, OÕ03HageHHb1Jtu HO.wepa»tu A22—A28.9mu
H0Mepa coomeemcmgwom
.3aÔaHuH.Öt A22—Ä28, 6 nomopbtx npeðcma6JteHbt 603MOYHbte gapuaHmb1 om6em06.
Oõeeðume H0Jtep 6btÕpaHHoeo ga»tu gapuaHma omgema.
An Amazing Story

.A22

A23

It was a strange feeling. People kept coming up to Helen
and. ...... her as if they knew her. Then               would look at her
strangely and say, "I'm terribly sorry, for a moment I thought you were
somebody else," and walk
It had started happening shortly after she had become a
student at the university and it made Helen feel very uncomfortable. Then a
friend told her that she had met somebody who looked just like her at a part/
the .. .... evening, a girl called Susan Jackson. Helen did not know anybody by
that name, but she decided she had to ... ... out who this person

A26

It did not take Helen veryto discover that there was
indeed a student at the university called Susan Jackson. Helen quickly ......
to meet her.
Well,
what an amazing meeting! The tho girls were in fact thins who had been adopted
by different families almost

A28

.
..... after they had been born. Both girls knew they had been adopted, but
neither of them had known they had a twin sister.

A22

I

greeting

2

contacting

3

meeting

4
  speaking

A23

I

away

2

over

3

by

4
  up

A24

I

earlier

2

past

3

previous

4
  last

A25

1

bring

2

find

3

look

4
  search

I

long

2

much

3

far

4
  soon

1

made

2

designed

3

fixed

4
  arranged

A
  28

I

this
  minute

2

briefly

3

shortly

4 immediately

MACTb
4 - nncbM0
You
have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Harry who writes:
/ have to catch two buses to get to
school. / don't mind though, because the buses usual/g run on time and theg
aren't too crowded. How do you get to school? Do gou find the journey tiring?
What's public transport like in your area?
Our
school just had its first ever 'Environment Day'...
Write a letter to Harry. In your letter answer his
questions ask 3 questions abqet his gap year
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"Many people fee/ private education
gives young people a better chance of having a successful life. Others think it
is better to send children to normal, free state schools.
What can you say for and against sending children to
private schools? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/ topic) list the
advantages and give reasons/examples list the disadvantages and give
reasons/exampies draw a conclusion (give your opinion or a balanced
consideration of the topic)
MACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAH"E
Bbl ycut,ttuume
6btCna.3b16(1HUH tuecmu JL10ðeü 05 ux coceðnx. YcmaH06ume
coomgemcmeue .weycðy 8b1CICC13btgaHuvqatu rayðoeo eogopgugeeo 1—6 u
ymgep.ycôeHumzu, OaHHbLMU 6 cnucye A—G. ÞIcn0Jtb3!/ùme
Icayôoe ymgepyðeHue, oÕ03HatteHHoe õwceoü, monbK0
oðLLH pam B 3aôaHuu ecmt, OÔHO nuuu-æe ymeepyôeHue.
Bbl yc.lblžuume .3anucb Ô6aHÔb1.3aHecume cgou omeentbl 6
maõ.qugy BI.
A    My neighbourhood has been improved
recently.
B     Life in my neighbourhood has more
advantages than you might think.
C     I like the convenience of my
neighbourhood.
D    There is a lot of variety ih my
neighbourhood.
E     I like my neighbourhood, but it has a
big disadvantage.
F      I have a problem with my neighbours.
G    My community works together to make
it a good place to live.

1

2

3

4      5        6

Bbl ycJ1bLtuume
õeceôy ôgyx ôpy;wù 06 oõpa306arzuu.
Onpeôe.nume, l•ccncue u.3 npu6eôëHHbtx ym6epyðeHuü
Al—A 7 coomgemcm6wom coôepyamno mel€cma (1— True) , n-arcue He
coomgemcmewom (2 — False) u o uëM B rnŒcme He cna3aH0, mo ecmb Ha
OCH06aHUU mercma He.'Lb3H ôamb 1--111 nonoyumeJ1bHoeo, HU ompuuameJ1bHoeo
omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycJ1bLtuume .3anucb OgayÔbL. C)õ6eôume
npagu.1bHb[Ü omeem.
Both Tom and Kate often stay up all night studying.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Tom feels he is not doing
as well at university as he did at school.
                 1 True                  2
False                  3 Not stated
Kate doesn't
study at all the night before an exam. 1 True       2 False           3 Not
stated
Tom writes a lot of notes
when he studies.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Kate did really well in
her History exam last year.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Tom must do better in his
Geography exam than he did in his last one.
                 1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
u Kate offers to help Tom
study for his Geography exam.
1
True  2 False           3
Not stated

LIACTb
  - AYAhPOBAHb•1E

1
Bbl
ycatbnuume yce}tuguHY, paccya3b16a10114Y10 0 cgoëM ôemcmee. B
.3aôaHtuz:c A8—A14 oóeeôume "Il(þpy 1 , 2 U.71U
3, coonzgemcm6wougwo H0.uepy 6b1õpaHHoeo aa.uu eapuamna orngema. Bbl
ycJLbttuume 3anucb Oea.ÐCOb1.
The narrator says that the village where she grew up was
1 a safe place.
2
not
a very friendly place. 3 a dull, quiet place.
The narrator says that one thing she
really appreciated about life in the village was
I
the opportunities she got to learn about farming.
2 the good friends she made. 3 the calm, unhurried pace.
The
narrator says that she and her family ate
1
simple
and fresh food.
2
food
from local shops.
3
a
lot of sweets and chocolates.
When the narrator was a teenager, it was a problem that 1
she lived far away from the town.
2
her
parents wouldn't let her go to parties.
3
there
was no public transport from the village.
According to the narrator, the atmosphere in the village
changed because 1 new people moved there.
2
a
lot of people moved away.
3
people's
lives became busier.
The narrator states that life has become more difficult
for the villagers because of 1 the unfriendly attitudes of some residents.
2
a
lack of money.
3
the
disappearance of traditional jobs.
When
the narrator says, 'it's a bit of an eyesore' she mepns she doesn't like the
appearance of
1
the
new buildings in the village.
2
the
changing countryside around the village. 3 her father's farm.
85

A

Clothing
for all occasions
B
A
national symbol
C
Smart
clothes
D
Common
mistakes
1 Many people apply sunscreen only once
they get to the beach. However, you should apply sunscreen at least half an
hour before you go out in the sun, so that  it
can sink into your skin. Also, when it is
cloudy,
many people go out without
E
F
G
H
Choosing
wisely
A
common problem
A
seasonal sight
Creating
fashions
provided.
A good travel agent should be able to provide all this information and more so
that you can find the perfect holiday for you.
5
In the 17th century, French king Louis XIV

sunscreen on because they think that they
wanted to promote French fashion cannot get burnt. But clouds do not stop
throughout Europe so he sent life-sized harmful UV rays from damaging skin.
fashion dolls wearing the latest Parisian designs to every European court. This
2 The water near beaches in different places allowed dressmakers to remove the
all around the world continues to be clothes from the doll and copy the designs
seriously polluted, which puts swimmers' for their clients. Soon similar
fashion dolls health at risk. Unfortunately, many coastal were being sent from
country to country cities simply dump waste in the sea. As a all over Europe to
spread the latest fashion result, many beaches have to be closed for trends.
several weeks each year because pollution levels are too high. 6 According to
legend, the Welsh adopted the leek as an emblem of their country 3 Jeans were
originally designed as work clothes for labourers. Today, however, following a
battle against the English in jeans are an essential fashion item for the 7th
century which took place in a field both men and women. They can be worn full
of leeks. William Shakespeare refers to the custom of wearing a leek as an
almost anywhere — to the park to walk the dog, on a casual shopping trip with
friends 'ancient tradition' in one of his plays, or even on a nice night out to
a restaurant Henry V. The Welsh often wear a leek or a dance club. when
celebrating their national day, St. David's Day, on March 1st.
4 Whether it's a beach holiday or an adventure
tour, before booking a holiday 7 Beautiful sakura, or cherry blossom, can be
you should consider a few things first. seen all over Japan every spring.
Sakura Firstly, always ask about any extra costs, viewing has been a Japanese
custom since such as costs for tours to different the 7th century when the rich
enjoyed attractions. Also, ask exactly what is viewing the beautiful trees
while writing included in the price of accommodation poems. The blossom
represents a bright and if transport to and from the airport is future.

MACTb
  2 - 'ITEH"E

2                                      me'ccm
u 3ano,'LHume nponycžcu 1—6 ttacmmtu npeðnoyceHuü,
                 0603HageHHb12,tu 6wcga.uu A—G.
OðHa us gacmeü 6 cnucye                                    nuutHÆ1.
3artecume
õYK6Y, 0603Hat{ažougwo coomeemcmgwou4Y10 tLacmb npeðJ10.yeHug,

6
ma6nuuy B3.
George Bernard Shaw was a
famous playwright who was born in Dublin, Ireland, on the 26th July, 1856.
George
attended several different schools as a child, I) . He believed that schools
were like prisons where children were kept so that they wouldn't disturb their
parents.
After
leaving school at the age of sixteen, Shaw worked in an office in Dublin before
moving to London to live with his mother, who was a singer. While in London, he
spent a lot of time in libraries and in the British Museum, 2) . Shaw
eventually decided that he WOLJId like to become a writer and soon began
writing articles for newspapers.
In 1879,
Shaw started writing novels. However, he was unable to find a publisher who was
willing to publish his work and so he gave up novel writing in 1883. It was
only in 1885, when Shaw got a job as an art and literature critic, 3) .
A
which
became a place where writers could comment on society
B
where
plays written by Shaw and other writers are performed
C
that he finally started earning decent money for his
writing
D
but
he had discovered that he enjoyed writing plays far more than novels
In 1885,
Shaw started working on his first play, Widower's Houses. However, he gave up
when a critic told him that he didn't have a talent for writing plays. Years
later, however, he returned to the work
Widower's
Houses was first performed on 9th December, 1892, at London's Royalty Theatre.
Shaw was not happy with the play, 5)
By the 19
IOS, Shaw was known as a great playwright. During his lifetime, Shaw wrote 63
plays, including the famous Pygmalion. Shaw is best remembered for his comedy,
but his work also helped change the face of the British theatre,
During
his later years, Shaw enjoyed working in the garden of his home in
Hertfordshire. By the time he died, he was a household name in Britain. Today,
Shaw's work is popular all over the world.
E
where
he read and studied a lot
F
but
he did not enjoy his time at any of them
G   and
he eventGally completed it in
1892

'-IACTb 2 - 'ITEHhE

Test

"Agnes Grey",
by Anne Bronte

My
father was a clergyman in the north of England, who was respected by all who
knew him. My mother, who married him against the wishes of her friends, was a
rich man's daughter. Her father clearkÿ told her that if she became the
poor parson's wife, she must give up all of her father's wealth. Anyone would
be happy with an elegant house and spacious grounds, of course, but she would
rather live in a cottage with Richard Grey than in a palace with any other man
in the world. Her father believed that making his daughter give up her fortune would work in
splitting them up, but he was mistaken. The two married and as a result my
mother's fortune all went to her 'wiser' sister, who had married a very wealthy
man.
Of six
children, my sister Mary and myself were the only two who survived early
childhood. Being the youngest daughter, I was always seen as the baby, and the
pet of the family. and my father. mother and sister all spoiled me.
Mary
and I were brought up in the strictest seclusion. We never went to school. My
mother took the whole responsibility for our education on herself, with the
exception of Latin. which my father taught us. Since there was no society in
our neighbourhood, our only contact with the world consisted of a tea party,
now and then, with the farmers and trades people in the area.
My
father had endless ideas as to how increase his little fortune, always for the
family. Saving, however, was not my father's strong point. He would not get
into debt (at least, my mother made sure he did not), but whenever he had money
he had to spend it right away. He liked to see his house comfortable, and his
wife and daughters well clothed, and well looked after. Also he was very
charitable and liked to give to the poor.
One
day, a kind friend suggested to him a way of doubling his private property and
later increasing it even more. This friend was a merchant who generously
offered to give my father a fair share of his profits, if he would only entrust
him with what he could spare. So my father gave the friendly merchant all the
money he could and the merchant immediately loaded up his cargo and prepared
for his voyage.
My
father was delighted, as we all were, with our brightening prospects. What
happy hours Mary and I passed while sitting at our work by the fire, or under
the weeping birch tree in the garden, talking offuture happiness to ourselves
and our parents, ofwhat we would do, and see, and have with our coming fortune.
Unfortunately,
disaster struck when news came that the ship which contained our fortune had
been ship-wrecked, and gone to the bottom of the sea, together with several of
the crew and the unfortunate merchant himself. I grieved for him; I grieved for
the overthrow of all our air-built castles — our romantic dreams ofbetter times
that we should have known would never come; but with the hopefulness of youth I
soon recovered from the shock. Mary did not grieve, but she thought about the
misfortune continually, and was very depressed. My mother thought only of
comforting my father and paying our debts and reducing our expenses in as many
ways as she could. My father however was completely overwhelmed by the
disaster. His health, strength and spirits sank and he never fully recovered
them.

A15

The narrator of the story is Richard Greys 1 wife.
2
daughter.
3
mother.
4
granddaughter.

A16

The narrator refers to her mother's sister as 'wiser'
because she 1 had managed her money well.
2
had
married a more respected man.
3
had
followed her heart.
4
had
followed her father's wishes.

A17

When the narrator says in paragraph three that her sister
and herself 'were brought up in the strictest seclusion', she means that they 1
didn't receive a good education.
2
had
to follow lots of rules in the home when they were children.
3
saw
few people outside of their family while growing up. 4 lived in a very small,
quiet place.
Richard Grey found it difficult to save money because 1
he preferred to use it to make others happy.
2
his
wife and daughters were big spenders.
3
he
had too many debts to pay off.
4
he
didn't want others to think he wasn't generous.
The merchant persuaded Richard Grey to I buy some
property.
2
lend
him some money for a voyage.
3
start
a shipping business.
4
invest
some money in his business.
A20
The
phrase 'all our air-built castles' in the final paragraph refers to
1
things
the family had bought because they thought they would soon be rich.
2
the
family's shock after losing their money.
3
the
unrealistic hopes the family had for the future.
4
things
the family had lost because of the tragedy at sea.
After
the loss of the family's fortune,
1
the
family's debts and troubles kept increasing.
2
each
member of the family was affected differently.
3
the
narrator's mother couldn't forgive the narrator's father. 4 the narrator was
depressed for a long time.
Test

Ilpowmaüme
npugeôëHHb1ü Huye mewcm. 11peoõpa3Yüme, ecuu
HeoÕX0ðuM0, cuoga, HanegamaHHbte 3aeJta6Hb1J•tu õwcga.wu 6
KOHUe cmpmc, OÕ03HcueHHbtX H0.uepa.1tu B4—BIO, maK, gmoóbl OHU
epaM.Mamuqecwu coomgemcmeogauu coôepyaHtuo meRcma. 3ano.,1Hume nponycnu
710.rtygeHHbLMU CJtogamu. KayôbLü nponyc}£ coomgemcmgyem
omÔe.1bHO.MIJ egaðamuo u.3 epynnt,L B4—BIO.
Feeling Afraid
It was almost the end of term and Anna and Katie on
Katie'sbedtalking SIT about what they were to do during the summer break.
                              "I'm
so jealous you                           . . .                       to France,
Katie!" Anna said.

"Well, why don't
    you ask your parents if you can come too?" replied Katie.
" can't. Last night, my parents told me that we .
    the summer in Brazil," said Anna.
"Brazil?" exclaimed Katie.
    "Anna, are you crazy? My would you want to come to France with me when
    you have the opportunity to go to Brazil?"

SPEND

"Because you can catch
a boat to France, but you have to fly to Brazil," said Anna quietly.
"You that I'm scared of flying, have you?" NOT FORGET
                              "Are
you? Really? I don't remember you                                                  .
. me that," said Katie.
"Yes, really scared. I get terrified even thinking
about it," Anna replied. "Oh Anna, don't be afraid. Flying is really
safe. And it's a lot of fun, too." "I wish I really          that,"
sighed Anna.

"Look,"
said Katie, squeemng her friend's hand reassuringly. "l think that you so
busy watching films, listening to music and enjoying all the other         BE
on-board enteltainment that you'll soon forget that you're even in the air.
Just try to enjoy yourself!" "0k, I will try, Katie. Thanks for the
encouragement!"
Tlpowmaüme
npueeÔëHHbLÜ Huye me}ccm. Ilpeoõpaayüme, eCJLU
Heoóxoðumo, c.T106a, Hane¼amaHHbte aaaaa6Hb1.',tu
õwcea,wu 6 KOH14e cmpmc, OÕO.3HaqeHHbtX HOMepa.WU Bl I—B16, man,
Ltmoõbt OHU apaMÌ,zamuyecKu u JteKCWteC}CU coomgem• cmgoaaJtu
coôepyaHtuo me}ccma. 3anoJtHurne nponycnu CJLOeaJtU. Kayðb[ü
nponyf-'h* coomgemcmeyem omôe.1bH0.n,ty .3aðaHL1}0 113 epynnbt
B11—B16.
Portuguese Water Dogs

. of these dogs is that they love to
  swim. In fact, Porties were used by Portuguese fishermen for many centuries
  to catch fish, carry messages between fishing boats, guard the boats when
  they were in port and get back anything that tell overboard.

CHARACTER

The Portuguese Water Dog, or 'PoÀie', is a
muscular, medium-sized dog that is very sociable and loyal. It is an extremely
intelligent dog that is quick to learn and understand
 Porties were so on board the fishing
ships that the fishermen USE considered them to be palt of the crew
and always gave them a share of the fish that had been caught. But technology.
replaced Porties. The fishermen began to use EVENTUAL radios to send messages
between ships and machines to pull up nets. By the 1930s, Porties were almost
extinct.
Luckily, however, a rich man catted Vasco Bensaude took
an interest in the Portie. He began a breeding programme to try to save the
breed. The programme was very

Today, aithough the Portie is still quite a(n)
breed, it is no longer in COMMON danger of disappearing.
'-IACTb 3 - rPAMMAThKA h JIEKC"KA
3
Tlpoumaüme men-cm c nponycna,wu, OÕ03HaqeHHb[MU H0Jtepa*tu
A22—Ä28.3mu H0Jtepa coomgemcmgwom 3aÔaHUJZ.4t A22—A28, 6 Komopt,tx
npeðcmaB.zeHbL 60.3MOY HbLe eapuaHmb1 omeemog. 06geôume H0àtep
6b1ÕpaHHoeo gamu gapuaHma omeema.
Chasing
a Dream
Cameron just knew that this was going to be a day that he
would always remember. He had been riding horses since he was about six years
old and had .. .... many competitions over the years. Today was different,
though, because it was the day he and his favourite horse, Rock, were taking . in
the Grand Championships at Kettling Stables.

A24

A25

Cameron quickly ate the huge breakfast that his mother
had prepared for him and..... out of the house and down to the stable where
Rock was waiting for him. After loading him into the horse trailer, Cameron and
his dad..... off on the ten mile drive to Kettling's.

A26

. ..... the way, his dad offered Cameron words of
encouragement and quietly reminded him of all the important things that they
had discussed as they had practised together in the busy days, weeks and months
leading up to these championships.

A28

Cameron's dad, too, had .. of becoming a professional
rider, but a terrible fall from a horse years ago, when he had badly broken his
left leg in three places, had put an end to his hopes. A part of Cameron vmted
to win the trophy just to see the  .....
on his dad's face. Of course, another part of him wanted to be victorious for
selfish reasons; he had worked incredibly hard and he deserved to succeed.

                  1
passed              2 admitted              3 entered           4 joined
                   1
part                   2 role                       3 place                   4
position
                   1 wandered         2
hiked                    3 crawled           4 rushed
                   1
made                2 set                         3 went                4 left
                   1 On                     2
By                          3 Over                 4 In
A27            I
considered        2 wished                  3 dreamt             4 imagined

Write a
  letter to Tom. In your letter      answer his questions ask 3 questions about
  his trip to Scotland
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.

Comment on the following
  statement.
"Animals should never
  be kept in zoos. They belong in their natural environments.
What is your opinion? Is it ever a good
  idea to keep animals in zoos? Write 200-250 words.
Use
  the following plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/
  topic) express your personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments
  for the other point of view and explain why you don't agree with it draw a
  conclusion

2 look           3 appearance 4 glance

           'IACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHhE                               Test

Bbl ycolbuuume uecmu moðeù o
ðOMCUUHUX .3aôaHuax. .Vcnumoeume coomgemcmgue .ueyôy
6b1C}Ca3b16ŒHUH.ðZU wayôoeo eoeopqugeeo 1 —6 u
ymaepycðenu.mtu, ðaHHb1MU 6 cnucne A—G. ycayðoe ymeepyôeHue,
050.3HazteHHoe Õ!/K80Ù, mon,bKO OÔUH pam B 3aÔaHuu
ecmb OÔHO nuuutee ynzeepyôeHue. Bbl ycJ1bttuume .3anucb
ÔgaYÔb1.3aHecume cgou omeembl 6 maõ.uuuy BI.
A
I
feel that too much interest is shown in my homework at home.
B
I
find it easier to concentrate at home than at school.
C
I
think it's important to have an organised homework routine.
D       I
feel that homework is a waste of my time.
E
I
find it difficult to find somewhere to do my homework in peace.
F
I
find it difficult to do my homework without help.
G       I
get a lot of satisfaction from doing my homework.

Bbl
yc.ÿLbLžuume õeceôy Ogyx ðpy.3eü o eeqepuH}ce.
Onpeaeuume, xmcue 113 npugeôëHHbtx ymgepyðe*tuü Al —A 7
coomeemcmewom coðepyaHtuo meKcma (1— True) , bccucue He coomgemcmewom (2 —
False) u o ttëM 6 me}ccme He ctca3aH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06(ZHUU mencma He.'Lb3'L
()amb Hil nouoyumeJLbHozo, Hu ompugameJ1bHoeo omaema (3 — Not stated). Bbl
yc.lbltuume 3anucb ðaayðbl. Oõeeðume nPa6UJlbHblÙ
ont6em.
Mary's dad is a
pilot.
                         1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Mary's grandparents
don't have a lot of money.
                          I
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Pete
thinks Mary and her brother should hold the party at a restaurant. I True 2
False 3 Not stated
Pete
offers to make a cake for the party. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Mary doesn't want to
have a DJ at the party.
                          1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Mary believes that
her brother will accept the idea of organising a par-W.
                          1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Mary will send
invitations for the parw by email.
                         1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
'IACTb
1 -
Bbl yc.'lb[tuume ôeeyuncy, paccrca3b[6Œougwo o ceoë',z
nymeuzecmguu e IOYH!JIO Awepuny. B 3taôaHunx A8—Ä14
oõ6eôume gucþpy 1, 2 uuu 3, coomeemcmgwougwo Hoatepy
6b1ÚPaHHOêO aastu gapuamna omeema. Bbl ycatbttuume aanuct,
ôgayðbl.
The narrator wanted to go to South America because 1 she
had enjoyed working on a project about it.
2
she
wanted to see the nature there.
3
her
father had told her a lot about it.
The narrator's parents were worried that she 1 would get
homesick while she was away.
2 wouldn't come back from South America. 3 wanted to
travel by herself.
The
narrator says that she was surprised by
1       how
well she did in her exams.
2
how
long her trip took to plan.
3
how relaxed her parents were about the trip.
The narrator decided to do volunteer
work because  1 some friends recommended it to her.
2 she thought it would be the most enjoyable way to spend
her time. 3 she thought it would impress future employers.
A12
Regarding
her time in the mountain village, the narrator suggests that
1
it
passed very quickly.
2
she
would have liked to stay longer.
3
it
had made her want to become a teacher.
A13 The
narrator says that she is glad that, while on her trip, she 1 spent time
getting to know the locals.
2
knew
how to speak some Spanish.
3
visited
every country in South America.
Now that she is back from her trip, the narrator 1 is
keen to travel again.
2 is recovering from an illness she caught in South
America. 3 is considering going to university in South America.

'IACTb
2 - 'ITEHME

YcmaH06ume
coomgemcmeue .Meyðy .3ae0J10BKa.wu A—H u mewcma.wu 1—7. 3aHecume C60u
omeembL 6 maõuugy B2 Mcn0J1b3Yüme na.ycôwo õwcgy
mo.,'Lb1-co oôuH pa.3. B 3aôaHuu oðuH .3ae0JL060K nutuHuü.

A
A
better method
B
Responsible
shopping
C
Lucky
winners
D
Help
from nature
1
Two
families — one from London, and one from Liverpool have won last night's
national lottery. Speaking from outside their home in London's East End, Mr and
Mrs Miller said that they will 'not let the money change their lives' and that
they will both be at work as usual on Monday morning. The Liverpool family, who
do not wish to be named, plan to move abroad.
2
For
many years now, Changi Airport in Singapore has been voted the world's best
airport by airline travellers. Changi Airport does not simply provide
travellers with wonderful restaurants and shops in a calm and pleasant
atmosphere. You can also swim in its rooftop swimming pool, have a massage in
one of its spas, sit quietly in the 'garden' area of its main hall, or watch
Tv' in comfortable chairs while waiting for your flight.
3
Before the
invention of the compass, sailors looked to the sun in the daytime and to the
stars at night to help them find their way across the oceans. For example, by
locating Polaris (or 'the North Star') in the night sky, sailors could identify
the direction of North. This is because Polaris never moves from its position
in the night sky directly above the North Pole.
4
Long
ago, zoos obtained their animals by going out into the wild and capturing them.
Today, this happens very rarely. For one thing, it is extremely stressful for
the animals involved and there is a high risk of injury.
E
F
G
H
A
great shopping experience
Working
to protect animals
Everything
you need
Waiting
in comfort
Also,
wild animals often carry diseases that would harm the other animals in the zoo.
Today, therefore, most zoos get their animals from the captive breeding
programmes of other zoos.
5
Gyms
these days are full of all kinds of fancy exercise equipment; treadmills,
rowing machines, exercise bikes, resistance machines and much more. But the
biggest gyms also have swimming pools, steam rooms and cafeterias. They offer
classes in yoga, dance, aerobics and many other forms of exercise. And they
have expert trainers on hand to answer all your fitness questions.
6
Here
is one thing that we can all do to help species that are close to extinction.
When travelling overseas, be very careful not to buy any souvenirs that have
been made from species nearing extinction. This means avoiding purchasing items
made from ivory, coral and fur and also 'medicinal' products as they often
contain rhino, tiger and bear parts.
7

Wildlife
parks and zoos are very educational places but perhaps their greatest purpose
is the conservation of endangered species. Animal centres all around the world
work together in order to breed rare and endangered species. For example, today
there are only a few hundred giant pandas left in the wild. If breeding
programmes and conservation efforts are successful, future generations may
still be able to see these beautiful animals in the flesh, not just in books.

'IACTb 2 - WEI-ME

2 Tlpoumaüme mewcm u
3an0JIHume nponycnu 1—6 gacmmtu npeônoyeHuü,

OÕ03HazteHHbt.ötu
õwcga»tu A—G. OÔHa 113 qacmeü 6 cnucne A—G JtUUIHýffl.
3aHecume ÕYK6Y, oõ03Haztatougwo coom6emcmgymuwo
npeðJtoyeH11H, 6 maõuugy B3.

In 2004, a grave containing the
  skeletons of a human and a cat, lying close together, was excavated in
  Cyprus.
The grave was around 9,500
  years old, 1) .
The
  ancient Egyptians kept cats as pets,

People often placed statues of cats
  outside their homes, 3) ........ . When a cat died, their former owners and
  the other occupants of the house would go into deep mourning and would often
  even shave their eyebrows as a sign of grief.
Moreover,
  cats were frequently mummified and bowls of milk and dead rats and mice were
  placed in their tombs, 4)
A
  which seems very strange to modern cultures
B
  and showed that cats had been kept by humans for far
  ionger than we had previously thought

Cats were so
  respected in ancient Egypt that they were even protected by law. People could
  be sentenced to death if they killed a cat, 5) ........
One record documents the execution of
  an unfortunate Roman soldier whose chariot had run over a cat.
There are many tomb scenes that show
  cats as part of everyday life in ancient Egypt. They often showed them
  wearing jewellery including earrings, necklaces and fancy collars. The
  Egyptians even took their cats on hunting expeditions, 6) ........ .
Today, it is estimated
  that there are over 600 million domestic cats around the world, which makes
  the cat the most popular of all pets. However, the cat no longer has any
  religious significance in any culture.
E     and
  they also worshipped the cat like one of their gods
F     because
  they believed that this would protect the inhabitants
G   even
  by accident

C
so
that they would have food for their journey into the afterlife
D
as
they kept rats and mice away from homes

"Are
you looking for a room?" the man had asked. We'd only just got off the
bus. Ian was still pulling the bags out of the luggage compartment. "Good
prices, the man continued, "and nice, \rooms, very clean.' "Okay. okay," I said,
"just give us a minute. "
We'd
been all around the country that summer, finding temporary work to pay for our
travels. Ian had grown up in a village, so the local farmers had been happy to
hirc him to help them out for a week or two. Fm a city boy myself, but because I'm
pretty well-built I didn't have a problem either. Of course, that meant that I
got all the heavy work!
Once we had collected our bags, we
followed the man up a nearby side-street. He didn't stop talking the whole way.
After a few twists and turns, we arrived at an impressive entrance. I was
beginning to wonder whether these rooms would be too expensive for us. The man
must have read my thoughts. "Now, normally I'd be asking twice as much for
these rooms, " he began. "but you're in luck because the tourist
season is practically over.
The rooms were perfect. The
décor was slightly shabby but, as if to make up for it, the balcony had
a stunning view over the town. 'Ale decided to stay for a month initially, and
depending on what happened, we would come to an arrangement after that. It was
a relief to be settled somewhere, if only for a few weeks. I could now pack my
suitcase in record time and we'd met so many people that I'd lost count. Sometimes when I was introduced
to yet another stranger I would change my name. just to make it more
interesting.

That first night we strolled
around the town to sce what opportunities there might be for work. Our last job
had given us enough to live off for a few weeks so we weren't desperate, but we
had learnt from experience that it always pays to put out feelers as soon as
possible. Everyone we met was very friendly and we went back to our rooms
feeling quite optimistic.
Within
a couple of days, I had started work at a fish restaurant in the town washing
up the pots and dishes. Maybe it wasn't the best job in the world, but after
weeks of manual labour in the fields it was a welcome change. I could watch the
chef preparing the food and sometimes, when the restaurant was particularly
busy, I would help him. He knew everything there was to know about cooking
fish, or so it seemed to me. Some of his dishes tasted amazing. I'd go home at
night and write down the recipes and tips that I'd learnt.
Our
first month in the town came to an end and we decided to stay for another
three. Ian had found some painting and decorating work and I was quite happy.
Those three months turned into six, and before I knew it I had been at the
restaurant for a whole year. The chef asked me if would like to become his
assistant he said I had a. natural gift for cooking. So that's how I ended up
here, ten years later, as Head Chef at Alberto's Fish Restaurant. Ian is still
here as well. running his own decorating business. One day I hope to achieve
something similar for myself, too.

I
rude.
2
impatient.
3
unhelpful.
4
persistent.
The farmers gave the narrator and his friend Ian work
because I they thought they would be suitable for it.
2
they
needed seasonal workers.
3
they
had known Ian since he was young.
4
they
found both boys cheerful and friendly.
A17 The
narrator thought the rooms could be too expensive after he realised 1 how
popular they were.
2
what
time of year it was.
3
how
nice the exterior was. 4 where they were.
In paragraph four, the narrator suggests that he had
become tired of 1 staying in hotels.
2
packing
his suitcase.
3
moving
from place to place. 4 meeting new people.
In paragraph five, the narrator uses the phrase 'put out
feelers' to mean 1 meet as many people as possible.
2
speak
to people to get information about work.
3
find
a suitable job to earn some money. 4 get to know a new place.
A20 The
narrator enjoyed his new job because 1 all his food was cooked for him.
2
it
was different from his previous jobs.
3
his
boss took an interest in teaching him to cook. 4 the time passed quickly.
In the final paragraph, we learn that the narrator I
would like to start a business with Ian.
2
regrets
staying so long at Alberto's restaurant.
3
hopes
that his career as a chef will continue to advance. 4 wishes that he had
achieved as much as Ian.
 AHr:1i'iŽcK1fij
              EF3
Прочитайте приведённый
ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необхоДимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными
буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В4—В1О, так, чтобы они
грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными
словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельному заДанию из группы В4—В1О.
Пе Parking Ticket
enpyed driving around town, even
during rush-hour. The onty thing she disliked
                                  . .
....................... parking her car.                                                                 ВЕ
The other drivers were always so impatient, beeping their
horns while she to reverse into а расе. Оп one occasion, she'd simpty given ир            ТТ
and driven away.
Пне were
several multi-storey саг parks in the town but they were very expensive. “МауЬе
а space quickly today," Фе thought as she drove sbwly around

the side-streets.
Suddenly, Магу spotted а gap between two cars. She waited
    until the саг behind her                                                                                .
    ............... and then quickly drove into the space.
Atter а pleasant afternoon wandering around the
    shops, Магу made her way back to her саг. Вит then, just before she reached
    it, she saw something flapping under the windscreen wiper. 'Oh по!“ she
    said to herself, “l  a parking ticket!"
But as Мару got cbser, she realised that it wasn't а ticket after а“.
    А local restaurant was promoting its new тепи and someone one under the windscreen wipers
    of  the cars parked in the area. She sighed with relief.
lt was only апег Магу had finished loading her shopping
    into the boot that she noticed the big yellow

PASS
LEAVE

ЧАСТЬ З - ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА

                        ситр      ....
... ..., ... ............... on the wheel ot her car.
“Oh по!“ she said to herself. She
would have to рау eighty pounds to get it removed!

Прочитайте привеДённый ниже текст.
Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце
строк, обозначенных номерами В11—В16, так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически
соответ ствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами.
Каждый пропуск
соответствует отДельному заДанию из группы Ш 1416.

The
Trans-Siberian Railway
Travelling оп the Trans-Siberian
Express is ап extraordinary јоитеу. lt is the longest ....................
railway in the world — 10,000 kibmetres long, or one third of the distance
CONTINUE around the globe. Travellers оп the Trans-Siberian railway describe
the journey as а(п)
                                          .                ....
... ... adventure; seven days от тоге of exotic travel Тот Moscow to
Vladivostok.           АМПЕ

Ho№ver, тапу trave11ers say that it is the  with other passengers that makes
  the journey specia|. Уои сап spend тапу hours making new fnends and
  discussing the hndscape of the Ural Mountains and Siberia.
Уои сап either stay оп the train tor
  the whole journey от, it уои аге feeling тоге уои сап awange stops along the
  way. А stopover at lrkutsk is recommended for а few days. Неге уои сап
  explore the city and visit the  [яке Baikal; the deepest lake in the
  wodd.
The journey ends оп the east coast of Russia in
  V1adivostok, whose пате means “Lord of the East".
However уои decide to spend уоиг time оп the Trans-Siberian
  Express, it will be ап extremely

CONVERSE
ADVENTURE
ВЕАИТ

                                                                                МЕМОЯУ
"ACT' 3 - rPAMMAThKA JIEKC"KA
3 Ilpowmaüme mel€cm c nponyctcantu,
OÕ03HaqeHHb1MU A22—A28. 9mu H0Jtepa coomgemcmgwom 3aðaHUR.M A22—A28,
8 nomopb[x 603M09ff Hbte gapuaHmbL omeemog. Oõgeôume HOJWP
6bLÕpaHHoeo 6amu gapuaHma omeema.
The Report Card
John had never been very good . . . . . . sports. He
simply wasn't an athletic kind of person. He knew it, his friends knew it, and
his gym teachers at school had known it, too. On his school report for the year
1992, his Physical Education teacher had written: 'John tries very A23 . in class, but
achieves below average results.' The teacher had obviously thought that it
would be a good idea to mention John's effort, but he only in
emphasising his failure.

A26

A27

A28

   You
  have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Jack who writes:
Well, mg exams start
  nect week and I'm feeling a little stressed even though I've studied hard.
  How often do you have exams at gour school? Do gou like taking exams? How do
  you cgpe with the pressure?
It s mg best friend John's birthday this
  weekend
Write a letter to Jack. In your
  letter answer his questions ask 3 questions about his best friend's birthday
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.

Comment on the following
  statement.
"Extreme
  sports have become more and more popular. However, some sag that they are too
  risky.
What is your opinion? Does the thrill
  of the sport outweigh the risk? Write 200-250 words.
Use
  the following plan:
•    write an introduction (state the
  problem/topic)
•    express
  your personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments for the other
  point of view and explain why you don't agree with it draw a conclusion

As an adult in his A25 . thirties, John did everything he could to avoid
playing any sort of sport. Whenever his friends were trying to organise a
friendly game of football, or his boss needed to find a tennis partner, John
would always... . . . an excuse. Once, he even faked an injury so that he
didn't have to take• . In a basketball game. But it was only when John had to
explain to his new girlfriend why he couldn't play squash with her that he
decided that his problem with sports had gone on for tong enough. It was. to
change.

A22

1

for

2 at

3 to

4 on

A23

I

strongly

2 well

3 heavily

4 hard

A24

achieved

2 succeeded

3 managed

4 ended

A25

I

beginning

2
  young

3 early

4 opening

A 26

I

make up

2 find out

3 put up

4 think over

A27

I

position

2 role

3 place

4 part

A28

1

time

2 moment

3 season

4 point

'IACTb 1 - AYAMPOBAHhE

Practice Test 13
Bbl
ycJ1b1tuume 6btc•na3b16CIHUH tuecmu moðeù o nymeuzecmgugx.
.YcmaH06ume coom6emcmgue ateyôy ßb1Cw-a.3btgaHU51.uu Rayðoeo
eoeopnugeeo 1—6 u ymgep:ycôeHumtu, ÔaHHb1JtU cnuoce A—G.
Mcno./ll,ayüme xayôoe ymgepycOeHue, oõ03HaqeHHoe
õw€60ù, mont,K0 OÔUH pa.3. B 3aôaHuu ecmb OOHO
nuuuzee ymeepyôeHue. Bbl yc.lb[tuume 3anucb ÔgaHÔbt. 3aHecume
ceou omeembL B maõ.uugy Bl.
A
I
appreciate travelling for my job.
B
I
have found a way to travel quite cheaply.
C
I
don't have to travel far to find what I want.
D
I
prefer to travel by myseLf.
E
Thinking
about my holiday helps me to cope with my busy schedule.
F
I
think people should think about the negative effects of travelling. G I want to
travel more but I have a problem that stops me.

1

2

6

2       Bbl
yc.lbtuume õeceôy ôgyx ôpyseü o MOÕUUbHbtX
me.'tecþ0Ha.r u I-IHmepHeme. Onpeðeuume, Kanue u.3
npugeôëHHbtx ymeepyðemzü Al —A 7 coom6emcm6wom merccma (1—
True) , Icanue He coomeemcmgwom (2 — False) u o LtëM 6 me,tccme He
cxa3aH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUu me}ccma Healb3H ôamb Hu
nouoyume."bHoeo, ompugameJ1bHoeo omgema (3 — Not stated). Bbl yc.lbttuume
3anucž, Ô6aYÔb1. Oõgeôume npagu.1bHbLü
omgem.
Laura is looking at mobile phones in a shop window. 1
True 2 False 3 Not stated
Dave
doesn't own a mobile phone.
                    1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Dave
believes that using technology has made people more anti-social.
                    1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Both Laura and Dave would
like to use the Internet when they are not at home.
                    1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Dave
is worried about the Internet having harmful effects on young people.
                    1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Laura's
parents monitor her use of the Internet.
                    1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
In
the end, Laura decides not to buy an Internet phone.
                    1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
IOO

MACTb
  1 - AYAMPOBAH"E

3       Bbl ycJtbttuume paccna;3
.MOJIOÔOÛO qe.uoaena o geeemapuaHcmee. B 3aðaHLH.r A8—A14
oõgeðume uucþpy 1 , 2 u.uu 3, coomgemcmgwougwo H0.wepy
6b1ÕPCZHHOeo gamu eapuawna omgema. Bbl ycJLb1tuurne 3anucb
ð6ayôbL.
While growing up, the narrator ate food that was 1
unhealthy.
2
badly
cooked.
3
not
very varied.
The narrator says his university served food that was 1
liked only by the foreign students.
2
good
value but not very healthy.
3
worse
than what he was used to.

AIO

The narrator tried a vegetarian dish because 1 his
vegetarian friends encouraged him to.
2
he
thought the quality might be better.
3
the
meat dishes had started to make him ill.
After he started eating vegetarian meals, the narrator 1
realised his attitude towards vegetarians had been wrong.
2 began to really dislike the smell of meat. 3 began to
lose weight.

A12

While deciding whether to become a vegetarian or not, the
narrator 1 did some research into vegetarianism.
2 continued to eat some meat. 3 realised how healthy he
felt.
The
narrator finally made his decision based on
1
what
he found out about the benefits of vegetarianism.
2
how
much healthier he was feeling. 3 the opinions of others.
The
narrator's parents
1
are
slowly accepting his decision to be a vegetarian.
2
are
now thinking about becoming vegetarians too. 3
are unhappy that he is a vegetarian.

'IACTb
  2 - 'ITEH¼E

Practice Test 13
YcmaHogume coomgemcmeue .ueyôy .3ae0JL06}caMu A—H
u me}ccmantu 1—7. 3aHecume ceou omeentb[ 6 maõuuuy B2
Ifcn0J1b3Yùme nayôwo õwcgy mo.1bK0 OÔUH pa.3. B
3aôaHuu OÔUH 3ae0J10B0}c JIULUHUÙ.

A Travel with a purpose

E

Greatest invention

B Make a discovery

F

An unusual competition

C Getting a good view

G

Keeping traditions alive

D A difficult task

H

Still popular today

I For hundreds of years,
  people have been

were used by fishing
  villages. During past

competing in bizarre
  'gurning' contests

celebrations, fishermen
  held races and

around England. What is
  gurning? Well, it

won with their great
  physical strength

is
  simply the act of making the ugliest face

alone.
  Today, the traditional Sibit-sibit

possible. Some elderly
  people can make

Festival
  is a lively and enchanting event

 some
  spectacular gurns. If they have false

that brings together
  Olongapo's rich past,

teeth, they can take them
  out and bring

successful present and
  promising future.

their lower lip so far up
  that it can cover their nose! But even younger people can

5

Bicycles
  were first introduced in the 19th

       make
  amazing gurns           just look at

century and there are now over one billion of them
  worldwide. Many people still

celebrity Jim Carrey!

prefer
  this eco-friendly mode of transport.

2
  Thousands of spectators line the route of

Postmen,
  delivery personnel and even

the Tour de France bike
  race each year,

police
  officers can often be seen riding

trying to see over other
  people's heads.

bicycles.

Then when the competitors pass, they flash by so
  quickly that it is hard to get

6

The
  Archaeological Seminars Foundation

even
  a glimpse of them. Therefore, it's

offers
  visitors of all ages the opportunity

worth
  buying a tour guide with route

to
  'Dig for a Day'. This programme allows

information
  so that you can plan well in

the
  unskilled enthusiast to get their hands

advance
  the best place to stand to see

dirty while getting the chance to make a

your favourite cyclists
  speed by.

fabulous discovery. Activities include
  digging, pottery examination and touring

3 The goal of responsible
  tourism is to help

the
  latest excavation site. Thousands of

people
  in need as well as the

people
  have already participated in this

holidaymakers
  themselves. Some tour

memorable experience!

operators, for example, organise charity bike rides.
  Visitors cycle around places of

7

What is the most important mechanical

interest
  following a pre-arranged route.

invention
  of all time? The wheel no doubt!

They
  enjoy a valuable new experience and

The earliest known use of the wheel was

at
  the same time part of the cost of the

probably
  the potter's wheel in 3500 BC in

holiday is donated to
  local community projects.

Mesopotamia. Interestingly enough, the
  wheel was used for manufacturing before it was used for transporting. Today,
  nearly

4 The Sibit-sibit Festival
  is held each year to

every
  machine includes the wheel; from

give
  tourists a rich and colourful picture of

the
  smallest of pocket watches to the

the history of Olongapo in the
  Philippines. Sibit-sibits are ancient paddle boats that

largest of aeroplanes.

'-IACTb
2 -
2 Tlpo¼umaùme moccm u 3an0JIHume
nponycn-u 1—6 ztacmmtu npeôJ10.yceHuü, OÕ03HageHHbtJZU
õwcga.uu A—G. OÔHa 113 ¼acmeü 6 cnucl€e A—G JIUIUHflH.
3aHecume õwcgy, oõ03HagaŒouçwo coomgemcmewou4Y}0
gacmb npeôuoyceHt1H,

B maõnugy B3.
On 24th August, 79AD, Mount Vesuvius, a
volcano near Naples in Southern Italy, erupted.
The eruption was so powerful that it
completely buried the towns of Pompeii and Herculaneum with ash. Centuries
passed 1) .
The towns lay buried for more than 1,500
years. Then, in 1599, an architect called Domenico Fontana rediscovered the
towns
However, a couple more centuries passed
before any serious effort was made to unearth the towns, 3) ..... .
Archaeologists discovered that Pompeii and Herculaneum had been wealthy,
sophisticated and lively towns.
Both towns had had restaurants, food markets,
shops, theatres and swimming pools. People had lived in large houses 4) .....
In Pompeii, an aqueduct had even provided water for more than
A
where
human bodies had once been
B
and
the rest of the treasures at
Pompeii
and Herculaneum
C
while
digging in the area
D
and
eventually people forgot that they had ever existed
twenty-five street fountains, four public baths and many
private houses and businesses.
While excavating Pompeii, one
archaeologist  Guiseppe Fiorelli noticed something
fascinating. Spaces could sometimes be seen in the hardened ash. Fiorelli
quickly realised that these spaces were places 5) ..... . He decided to fill
them with plaster in order to create casts.
Fiorelli's technique created casts that
were so detailed that it was even possible to see the terrified expressions on
the faces of some of the people who had been killed when Mount Vesuvius erupted
2,000 years ago. Today, each year over 2.5 million visitors go to see the casts
6) ..... .
About three million people still live
close to Mount Vesuvius. This is worrying as it is still an active volcano that
scientists expect to erupt again.
E
which
was also a popular holiday resort for wealthy Romans
F
which
had beautiful frescoes painted on thqwvalls
G
but
when it was, astonishing and wonderful findings were made

1

2

3

4

5

6

The
snow was piling up around the door and there was no sign yet of a change in the
weather. As he cleared the pathway. qarl thought of blue skies and warm
sunshine. It was how he got through the winters. He had decided that it must be
his Caribbean background that made him suffer so miserably every winter.
Everyone had warned him about the British weather but he had thought that he
would soon get used to it. Twenty years on, he still wasn•t used to it and he
doubted that he ever would be.
He
hadn't meant to stay for so long. His intention had been to work as hard as he
could for ten years, save every penny he could and then return home to start up
his own business. Somehow, along the way, he had ended up getting married and
having three children. Carl loved his family dearly, although this didn't stop
him from occasionally wondering where he would be now if he'd stuck to his
plans.
Carl
worked at a local factory where they manufactured appliances such as washing
machines and fridges. He'd been there for eighteen years and had been promoted
several times. He was now a foreman on the day shift. Lately, there had been
talk of redundancies around the factory. He knew that the company had recently
lost a big order but he was sure that they had a good enough reputation in the
field to survive.

Alarm bells started to ring in
Carl's mind when his wife came home in tears one day and announced that the
shop she had been working in was about to close for good. Carl realised that
soon he would need to start dipping into his precious savings. He still dreamt
of returning to the Caribbean one day and although Carl was rarely able to add
to his savings, so far he hadn't had to use them.
Over
the next few months, he worked as many hours overtime as he could. One
afternoon, his line manager sent for him. He nervously entered the office and
when he saw the expression on his manager's face, he knew what was coming.
"I'm offering you voluntary redundancy after the summer if you would like
to take it. I'm very sorry," he said. At least he had a few months left at
work, which would give him time to make plans.
Because
Carl had been with the company for so long, he was entitled to a considerable
redundancy package. By law. the company had to calculate his compensation based
on his current salary. He would leave with enough money to pay off the loan for his
house completely. This was a good thing, ofcourse, even though he had lost his
job. Carl began to think more and more eagerly about his Caribbean dream. He
decided that he would talk to his family. Perhaps it was true that every cloud
has a silver lining, he thought.
Within
the space of six months, Carl's life changed completely. He sold his house and
the family moved to the island of his birth. He is pleased at how quickly his
children have settled into the Caribbean way of life and he has found some
premises where he is planning to open up an electrical appliances repair
business. His Caribbean dream is becoming a reality. He chuckles quietly and
shakes his head when people ask him if he will miss the snow!

Regarding the British weather, Carl
1
thought
that he would always find it difficult.
2
believed
that he would get used to it one day.
3
hadn't
expected the winters to be so bad.
4
didn't
understand why people talked about it so much.
When he thought about his life, Carl
would sometimes
1
worry
about the future.
2
regret
coming to Britain.
3
wish
he had never married.
4
imagine
how his life might have been different.

7

Al In the third paragraph,
we learn that Carl 1 was happy about his promotion.
2
felt
confident that his job was safe.
3
worried
about being made redundant.
4
realised
he needed to look for another job.
When Carl's wife lost her job, Carl felt concerned that 1
he would lose his job, too.
2
they
wouldn't be able to visit their relatives any more.
3
their
plans for the future would be affected. 4 he wouldn't be able to save any more.
When
Carl's line manager called him into his office, the manager seemed very
1
angry.
2
nervous.
3
apologetic.
4 afraid.

A20

In
the sixth paragraph, the phrase 'every cloud has a silver lining' means
1
it
is impossible to predict the future.
2
bad
situations can bring about good.
3
there
is often an opportunity to make money through a bad situation. 4 dreams can
help you get through bad times.
In the final paragraph, the narrator gives the impression
that Carl 1 is slowly getting used to a very different way of life.
2
is
unexpectedly missing the British weather.
3
has
less money now but feels happier.
4
is
more satisfied with his new life than his old.

'IACTb
  3 - rPAMMAThKA

JlEKChKA

Practice Test 13
Ilpoyumaüme
npueeðëHHbtù Huye meRcm. IIpe06pa.3Yüme, ecuu
HeOÕXOðUMO, CUO611, HaneqamaHHbte 3ae.za6Hb1Jtu 6 KOHge cmpow,
OÕ03HaqeHHbLX H0MepaMu B4—BIO, maK, gmoõbt OHU epa.u.uarnuyecwu
coomgemcmeoeauu coôepyaHu}0 mel€cma. 3an0JtHume nponycwu CJ106a.MU. Kayôbtü
nponycE coomæmcmgyem omôeJ1bH0MY 3aôamno ut3 epynnbl B4—BIO.
Counting Sheep
For several weeks now, I . unable to sleep. There is
nothing BE worrying me in particular — my job is going fine and think of myself
as a generally happy, relaxed type of person.

a    which  .
  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nearly everyone at some
  time in their life.
So far, medical research hasn't
  managed to find an effective cure for this condition although hopes are high
  that one
Because of the lack of
  progress

FIND

Recently, a friend of mine told me about an article he
READ magazine. According to the article, insomnia is very common problem
in research, sometimes expelts recommend
the traditional remedy of counting sheep. Like most people, I'd always
considered that to be a joke. But, apparently, something to take your mind off
sleep (or the lack HAVE of it!) is the best thing you can do.
Tonight, then, I . to try counting
sheep. So hopefully, I GO my first good night's sleep in weeks! GET
2 ITpoqumaùme npueeôëHHbtü Huye men-cm.
IIpeoõpa3Yüme, ec.rtu HeoÕxoOuM0, cuoea, HaneqamaHHbte
3aeua6Hb1.wu õwcea.wu 6 }COHge cmpožc, OÕ03HaueHHbLX Bl I—B16,
man•, umoõbl OHU apam.wamuqecnu u Jle}CCUqeCKU coomgemcmaogauu
coðepyamno mencma. 3an0Jthtume nponyclcu nouyqeHHbt.wu cuoeastu.
KayÔbtù nponycžc coomgemcmgyem omÔeJ1bHOMY 3aðamuo
113 epynnbt B11—B16.
Fyodor Dostoevsky

hospital for the poor.
The young Dostoevsky went to military
  school and held . . posts until he resigned to become an author. He became
  one of the most important and influential

GOVERN

Fyodor Dostoevsky was born in Moscow in 1821 . He was the
son of a doctor who worked in a
writers that has ever lived. Dostoevsky admired the works
of the English writer Charles Dickens who wrote about difficult times during
the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolution in the late
INDUSTRY 18th and early 19th centuries. Dostoevsky also wrote novels about
social issues.
One of Dostoevsky's most significant works is Crime and
Punishment. The main character in the novel is Raskolnikov, a poor, . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . university drop-out. The novel EMPLOY tells the story of how
Raskolnikov plans to murder a(n) moneylender to solve his financial problems.
Another major work is The Brothers Karamazov, which was Dostoevsky's final
novel and . . . . . . . . . . . even his best. The POSSIBLE novel focuses on a
murder again but this time Dostoevsky examines other characters' . . . . . . .
. to the crime.
Fyodor Dostoevsky died in 1881 and is buried in the
Alexander Nevsky Monastery in St. Petersburg.

A22

Harrods is a world-famous department store in
Knightsbridge, London. Known for its quality merchandise and excellent customer
service, Harrods is one of London's biggest tourist
Harrods, which was A23 ..... by Charles Henry Harrod in 1835, started out as a
tiny grocery and tea shop in London's East End. The shop was moved in 1849 to
its current A24 .....
on the Brompton Road, where it gradually grew into what it is today. Currently,
Harrods comprises over 330 departments on seven floors and has a staff of about
5,000 people.
Harrods' motto is 'AJI things for all people,
everwThere'. And it is true that you can buy almost anything you need at
Harrods. A25 .....
you want to get a haircut, buy a pet dog, find a wedding dress, buy some
property in London, or simply choose a new coat, Harrods can help. What's more,
if you want to ... a break from your shopping, don't worry because the shop has
twenty-nine restaurants!

A27

So when in London, don't forget to take a. ..... at this
famous department store. You can't ..... it - at night, Harrods is illuminated
by about 1 1 ,500 lightbulbs, 300 of which are changed every day by the shop's
electrical engineers.

A22

1

features

2

attractions

3
  stops

4

places

A23

1

composed

2

produced

3
  established

4

manufactured

A24

1

situation

2

post

3

4

location

A25

1

Whether

2

Including

3
  Depending

4

While

A26

1

2

take

3
  do

4

make

A27

1

view

2

sight

3
  look

4

glance

A28

1

lose

2

miss

3
  leave

4

pass

"ACTb
4 - n»qcbM0
You
have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend David who writes:
. / on/g get a little pocket money from
mg parents because they can't afford to give me a lot. Do you get pocket money?
Do you think parents should give their children pocket money? / don 't have a
part-time job, but mg best friend does. Is it common for teenagers in Russia to
have a part-time job ?
so,
/ have a new hobbg — I'm learning to play a musical instrument
Write a letter to David. In your letter                   answer
his questions k ' ask 3 questions about his new hobby
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"Travel/ing by air is usual/g
considered to be much quicker and more comfortable than travel/ing by other
means. However, sometimes this mag not be the case.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of travelling
by air? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:

write an introduction (state the problem/ list the
  advantages and give list the disadvantages and give draw a conclusion (give
  your opinion

topic)
reasons/examples reasons/examples or a balanced consideration of the topic)

                        1 -
AYAhPOBAHhE                Practice Test
Bbl
yc.'lbltuume BblCxa3b1ßCIHUH utecmu Ji10ôeù O KapbePHb1X
nna,qax Ha õyðyugee. YcmaHogume coomgemcmeue JteyÔ!/
6b1C}€a3b16aHUH.MU KayÔoeo eoeopmgeeo 1—6 u ymgepyðeHuqazu,
()aHHbt.1tU 6 cnucrce A—G. Plcno.1b3Yùme Kaycâoe
.qmgepyôeHue, oÕ03HaqeHHoe õ!/K60ü, mom,K0 OÔUH
pam B 3aðaHuu ecmb OÔHO zuuu€ee ymgeI)9£ôeHue. Bbl
ycJ1b1tuume sanucb Ogaycôbl. 3aHecume caou omgembt 6 maõuuuy BI.
A       I'm
really determined to achieve my ambition.
B       I
would like to have my own successful business.
C       I
haven't made my mind up about what I want to do yet.
D       I
believe there's mqre to life than work.
E
Being
successful is all I care about.
F
I
would like to make a difference to people's lives.
G       I
want to make my own decisions about my future.

1

2

3

4

5

6

2 Bbl yc.ïlbltuume õeceðy
ô6!/.r ôp!/3eü o paõome 6 .uenute.u Jtaeepe.
Onpeôeuume, us npueeðëHHb1.r ym6epycôeHuü Al—A7
coomaemcmewom coôep.ycaHu}0 mencma (1— True) , Icawue He coomgemcmgwom (2
— False) u o mencme He CKC13aHO, mo ecmb Ha OCH06(1HUU mencma He.1b.3H ðamb
Hu noJtoyumeJ1bHoeo, Hu ompu«ameJLbHoeo omcema (3 — Not stated). Bbl
ycJLbttuume 3anucb Deayðbt. Oõgeðume npa6uJLbHbLü omaem.
Mary wants a summer
job for more than one reason.
                            1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Pete worked with
children of different ages last summer.
                            1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Pete
had problems with the children he worked with.
                             1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Pete found it
difficult to get up so early in the morning.
                             1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
At first, Mary
wonders whether she would be suitable for the job.
                             1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
All of the activities
organised took place at the camp.
                             1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
u Pete is considering
working as a camp counsellor again this year.
                             1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated

'IACTb
  1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

3 Bbl ycJ1bttuume yeHtguH!/, paccnct3bteažou4Y}0 0 ceoeù
noe.3ôyce 6 B 3aða,yuq.r A8--A14 oõgeôume uucþpy 1
, 2 UJIU 3, coomgemcmey,uougwo H0JYtepy 6b1ÕpaHHoeo ga.wu capuanma
orneema. Bbl ycJtbtutume sanucb ðeaycôbt.
Regarding
the weather in Bangkok, the narrator says
1
it
was a nice change for her.
2
she
couldn't get used to it. 3 it made her feel ill at first.
The narrator visited Bangkok because 1 she had heard it
was a great place.
2
she
found a cheap flight there.
3
she
was considering moving there.
AIO
The
narrator says the Grand Palace 1 is where the royal family lives.
2
has
had different uses.
3
isn't open to the public.
According
to the narrator, Bangkok Zoo is I mainly popular with tourists. 2 inexpensive
to visit.
3
best
visited at a certain time.

A12

When
talking about Chatuchak Market, the narrator gives advice about
I
how to get there.
2
when
to visit.
3
how
to get the best bargains.
The
narrator suggests that street food
I
isn't any cheaper than restaurant food.
2
should
be avoided in non-tourist areas.
3
is
much better than many people think.
A14 When
taking a 'tuk-tuk' taxi, the narrator says it's importanh to 1 agree on the
price before you get in.
2 make sure you are not the only passenger. 3 remember to
tip the driver.

B    For a good cause
C    Important visitors
D   Problems with a new trend
1       In
America, shopping malls are much more than just places to shop. For teenage
girls, who make up a large proportion of the shoppers, they-re places to look
around, relax and socialise with friends. But that is not to say that they
don't make any purchases. If teen girls aren't impressed by one ofthe many
articles of clothing they've tried on. they-re sure to spend some money on food
or drink.
2
IMAX has made the movie experience more exciting by bringing
films to life! How does IMAX work? Simple. Large film moves through a special
high-tech projector and is shone onto a gigantic screen the size of an
eight-storey building lying sideways. But viewers beware! The effects seem so
real. you
might get motion sickness.
3       There
is a simple way to stop your ears from popping when on a plane. Just chew gum!
It's not necessary, however, to chew throughout the entire journey: just when
the plane is taking off and landing. This is the time when the plane-s cabin
pressure changes the most. Trying to yawn or swallow air is also quite helpful.
4       Keeping
friendships alive can be challenging. Not only does it require honesty.
understanding and loyalty but breathing space,
too. •Clingy' friends who neier leave you alone can become tiresome. So.
avoid putting strain on a friendship by being too needy. Give
E
F
G
H
Designer shops
Solving a travel problem
Back in fashion
So realistic
friends time to hang out with others or just to be on
their own. They'll certainly appreciate it and it will actually help strengthen
the friendship.
5      Another
trend in casual clothing has arrived! It's not comprised of tight jeans,
layered Tshirts or scarves but of glasses. ties. hats and suits. Yes. the 'geek
look' is in again. Fortunately, this wardrobe doesn't cost much and isn't
difficult to put together. All teen boys have to do is to look to old movies
for inspiration and borrow some articles of clothing from their dad's wardrobe.
6      The
student committee of Sussex College is planning a two-day movie marathon. The students
have chosen films from all genres including comedy. drama and science fiction.
The event will be held this May Day weekend at the college. Proceeds will go
towards purchasing laptops for the college computer room. Everyone is welcome
and tickets are available at the door.
7      The
latest cyber craze is blogging. A blog is basically a personal online journal.
Blogging is different from posting in chat rooms because once you log out of a
blog. your text remains. One disadvantage of this is that anyone could read
your blog. University admissions departments or employers could access it.
for example. Blogging can also be very addictive:

1

2

3

4

5

MACTb
2 -
2 Ilpoqumaüme mepccm u
.3anoJLHume nponyctcu 1—6 vacmfl*tu npeô.zoyceHuü,
OÕ03HaLWHHb1MU õwcea.uu A—G. OÔHa 113 ztacmeü 6 cnucKe
 JIUUHHH. 3aHecume õwcgy, oõ03Hayawugwo coomgemcmgwougwo Itacmt,
npeô.noyeHLIH,

6 maõuugy B.
We've all heard the term 'ice age' used in
everyday language.
Usually, when ordinary people use this term,
they mean a period of the Earth's history 1) ..... . In this sense, the Earth's
last ice age was about 10,000 years ago.
When scientists use the term 'ice age',
however, they mean that the Earth's polar regions only are covered in ice, 2) .
Scientists believe that ice ages are quite
rare events, which means that the Earth is almost always ice-free at the North
and South Poles. In fact, there have only been about five ice ages in the
Earth's 4.5 billion year history.
When
an ice age does happen, however, it usually lasts for a very long time -
anywhere from 30 to 300 million years. The ice age we
A
and
scientists think it will continue for a few million years more
B
which
makes it impossible to grow crops
C

which
is good news for mankind because agriculture depends on the continents being
ice-free
D
which
is why there is ice only at the poles
are in at the moment began about 40 million years ago 3)
.....
In every ice age, the amount of ice on
Earth is different. When the temperature is cold ('glacial' periods), the
amount of ice increases and the continents become covered in ice. When the temperature
is warm ('interglacial' periods), the ice melts
At present, the Earth is in an
'interglacial' period of an ice age, 5) ..... .
Scientists think that the Earth won't go
into a glacial period for another 50,000 years, 6) . . . . . .
Some scientists even think that global
warming will keep temperatures so high that the next glacial period won't
happen for much longer.
E
until
there is ice only at the poles
F
when
temperatures are low and large parts of the earth's continents are covqred in
ice
G
so
according to them we are in the middle of an ice age today

The Slate
  Quarry

Bethesda
used to be at the heart of the Welsh slate industry. The famous dark blue-green
stone, used for roof and floor tiles, had been exported all over the world
during the 19th century. The nearby quarry, now dçserted, had been the
world's biggest at nearlV a mile long and 1,200 feet deep. It was a spectacular
sight, a man-made Grand Canyon. The area still provided a source of income for
the residents of Bethesda. as numerous outdoor activity centres had been set up around the town.
David •s speciality was rock-climbing. Climbing had become more popular recently,
along with other so-called •extreme sports'. David believed this was because of
television. The advanced cameras used by the television companies could show
spectacular images of hang-gliders taking off from the tops of mountains or
climbers hanging from a cliff by their fingertips. David worried that these
sports, which actually required years of dedicated practice, were shown as
being deceptively easy. Annoyingly. because of this. he had to spend the first
morning of each course lecturing the participants on the dangers involved.
North
Wales is one ofthe most beautitill regions of Britain. However, it rains
regularly, even throughout the summer. Slate becomes dangerously slippery in
the rain, and David made sure that his climbers used safety ropes and harnesses
at all times. That day he was leading a group of seven teenagers from a town
near London. As he tried to demonstrate the equipment, they continually mocked
his accent and whispered to one another. At times, David muttered angrily to
himself in his native Welsh language, knowing that they wouldn 't understand a
word.
The
three girls in the group had soon understood the technical procedures and David
was pleasantly surprised at how well they worked as a team. The boys were a
different kettle offish entirely. They argued over who would go first and then
over who had done the best. By the time David and the boys returned to the
quarry floor. they were running almost an hour late. David announced that they
were going back to the hostel immediately, despite loud complaints from the girls.
The original plan had been to stop off in the town for a bit of shopping on the
way back.
David
was too irritated to argue. and stormed off towards the hostel. He phoned a
couple of friends, in an attempt to drown out the teenagers' complaining. Suddenly,
one of the boys was pulling at his arm. "Sir, Sir! The girls, Sir, they've
run off." The girls, it seemed, had decided to arrange their own shopping
trip. David was immediately gripped by a sense of panic. It was easy to get
lost in these hills, and now it was beginning to get dark.
As the
group marched on, the weather steadily worsened. Within minutes a light drizzle
had turned into driving rain. which didn't surprise David at all. He knew that
one minute the sun could be shining in these hills and the next the sky could
be covered with big, black clouds. He had no choice but to alert the Mountain
Rescue Team.
David
tried to prepare himself for the inevitable questioning, and of course the
deserved criticism. He spoke to the operator in Welsh as the boys looked on.
Suddenly, David sighed with relief. The operator had informed him that the
girls were safe and well. They had already reached the town centre safely and
had stopped a policeman to ask where to catch the bus back to the hostel.

 The
writer tells us that the residents of the town of Bethesda 1 couldn't survive
without the slate industry.
2
were
starting to move away from the area.
3
now
arranged sight-seeing trips around the slate quarry. 4
were continuing to benefit from the slate quarry.
 David
suggests that his job had been made more challenging because of 1 the higher
numbers of people in his classes now.
2 the way the media presented extreme sports. 3 the new,
stricter safety rules he had to follow. 4 the very difficult climbs around
Bethesda.
David got annoyed while teaching the teens because 1 they
were making fun of him.
2
they
didn't seem to understand him.
3
the
weather was so wet and miserable. 4 they didn't follow his safety instructions.
David
cancelled the shopping trip because
1
the
boys' bad behaviour had wasted too much time.
2
he
was fed up of the girls' complaining.
3
the
boys didn't want to go shopping. 4 he hadn't finished the teens' lesson.
David
didn't notice the girls leave because
1
they
had told him they were going back to the hostel.
2
he
had decided not to pay attention to them for a while.
3
the
sun was setting and it was difficult to see anything. 4 he was busy helping
some of the boys.
The weather in the area was generally I very wet.
2
mild.
3
severe.
4
unpredictable.
In the final paragraph, the writer suggests that David 1
was more angry about the incident than worried.
2
was
surprised the girls were found so quickly.
3
thought
people would say the incident was his fault.
4
wished
he hadn't phoned the Mountain Rescue Team.
S EFT*

Ilpoyumaüme
npugeðëHHbLù HUYe mewcm. IIpeoõpa3Yüme, ec.uu
HOÕXOÔuMO, CUOga, Hano¿amaHHbte 3aeua6Hb1MU t5wcea»tu 6
K0Hge cmpow, OÕ03HayeHHb[X Homepa .wu B4—BIO, mmc, wnoõbt OHU
epa»tötamtuecwu coomeemcmeoga.uu coðepyaHtuo mewcma. 3an0JIHume
nponycKu nt_mygeHHb1.MU c.i06ŒMU. RaycôbLü nponycK
coomeemcmgyem omðe.1bH0MY .3aôaHL1}0 epynnb[ B4—BIO.
Night Train to Panama
It was a beautiful tropical evening and the ocean breeze gently      BLOW
as I passed the town clock on my way to the train station.
I could see the train . . .... . . . . . . .. .. . down
the track. As the engine slowly COME passed, I heard someone yell, "ftey,
you! . . . . . .. ... (you)tocomeand ride LIKE up here with me?"
I looked up at the engine, and the driver gestured me to
climb up beside him.
I was very excited as I         . . . . . . . . . . ....
inside the cab of a train before. After      NOT
GO had pulled out of the station, the driver even taught me how to control the
speed of the train. It
                                                        .....
. . . . ... as difficult as I had thought.                                                                         NOT
BE

We shared the driving as
  we drove through the darkness with the jungle on our left and the
Panama
  Canal on our right. I had to pinch myself to make sure that I
.
  because I know that none of my

NOT DREAM WORK

friends will believe me when I tell them about my
incredible experience — that I actually drove the night train to Panama!

Tlpowmaüme
npueeðëHHb1ü Huye men-cm. ITpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu
HeoÕxoðu.wo,  cnoea, Hane¼amaHHbte 3aena6HbtJtu ÕIJ7£6a.wu 6
*COHUe cmpon, OÕ03HaweHHbtX Ho-wepa.uu BI I—B16, maK, Ltmoõbl OHU
epa.MMamuqecKu u .tencuyecwu coomgem cmeoca.rtu coôepyamuo mencma.
3an0JLHume nponycnu nonyqeHHb1MU cuoeamu. Kayðblù nponychc
coomeemcmgyem omôeJ1bH0.MY aaôaH11}0 epynnb[ BI I—B16.

Easter
Food

In many countries, different . .....
  ... .. . ... . . ... . .. foods are associated with Easter. In England, for
  example, many bakers make a type of small cake With a white cross on the top
  called a 'hot cross bun' on Good Friday.
These buns taste like sweet
  bread and are . . delicious!
Pancakes are also eaten in
  England the day before the Easter fast begins. This provides a good
         . . . . . .. .. ..... to
  use up all uneaten eggs, fat and flour, which some people don't eat again
  until after Easter.
Eggs are also associated with Easter in
  many countries because they symbolise new life. The           . .
  of eggs dates back to 1290, when the English king, Edward l, ordered 450 eggs
  to be covered in gold and given as presents. Chocolate Easter eggs first
  appeared in Germany in the 1800s.
Nowadays, chocolate eggs are often wrapped
  in. foil paper and given to
  children as gifts at Easter.
The most.
  Easter eggs were made by Fabergé, a jeweller for the Czar of Russia,
  in the 19th century. The eggs were covered in gold and precious stones.
  Nowadays, just one of these small eggs is wonti millions of pounds

TRADITION
ABSOLUTE
OPPORTUNE
DECORATE
COLOUR
FAME

1 14

'IACTb 3 -
  rPAMhUT½KA

JIEKCMKA

Ilpogumaüme mel€cm c
nponyc,yaJtu, 0603HaqeHHbtntU H0Mepa,wu A22—Ä28.9mu
HOJtepa coomeemcmewom .3aðaHLIH.M A22—A28, 6 Homopbtx
npeðcma6JžeHbL 80.3.MOYHbte gapu(1Hmb1 omeemoe. Oõgeôume
Homep 6btÕpaHHoeo               6apuaH,ma omeema.
Zorbing
Zorblng is an extreme sport and like several other
extreme sports, such as bungee-jumping and jet boating, it was New Zealand. A
'zorb' is a giant plastic ball with another smaller ball inside; the space
beth•een the tho balls is A23 air. The participant climbs inside the smaller
ball and is then pushed down a hill!
The inflated ball is 3.2 metres in diameter and it
rotates once evelY 10 metres, so as it goes down a hill that is 100 metres
long, the zorb fully rotates only 10 times. Depending  how
steep the slope is, a zorb can reach speeds of up to 50 kilometres an hour.

A25

A26

You would probably expect the participants of zorbing to
get out of the zorb• , ..... in bruises. Fortunately, however, the cushion of
air between the balls protects them. Many say they have the• .... of being
weightless like astronauts in space white zorblng.

A27

The zorb was originally
designed for water but it was soon decided that it worked better on, . However,
for those who would like to try 'walking on water' , there is also
hydro-zorbing. Zorbs have been adapted for snow, too, and NASA is considering
developing a vehicle similar to a zorb to            ..... the sudace of Mars.

1
  manufactured 2 discovered

3

invented

4

made

I
  filled                     2 poured

3

put

4

crowded

A24

I
  on                        2 In

3

to

4

from

A25

1
  wrapped            2 washed

3

filled

4

covered

A26

I
  reaction               2 feeling

3

idea

4

opinion

A27

1
  soil                        2 earth

3

ground

4

land

You have received a letter from your
  English-speaking pen-friend Sally who writes:
The 'environment
  group' that I'm part of have organised some different events this gear like a
  tree-planting dag and a litter-collecting afternoon. What environmental
  problems are there where gou live? How do gou help the environment? Do gou
  think we can save the planet or is it too late ?
At the moment I'm planning a surprise
  birthday party for my friend, Anna .
Write a
  letter to Sally. In your letter answer his questions ask 3 questions about
  the surprise birthday party
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment on the following
  statement.
"Mang
  people want to start their own businesses. However, others fee/ that this is
  too risky and brings too much responsibility.
What is your opinion? Is it better to
  start your own business or work for someone else? Write 200-250 words.
Use
  the following plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/ topic)
  express your personal opinion and give reasons for it give arguments for the
  other point of view and explain why you don't agree with it draw a conclusion

A28         1
explore               2 discover 3        4
Bbl yc.u,nuume 6b1C1€a3b16CIHUH utecmu moôeü o
ôpyyõe. YcmaH06ume coomeemcmeue .lteyôy 6b1CKa3bteaH1tmtU
nayôoeo toeopqugeeo 1—6 u ymaepyôeHuaatu, ÔaHHb1.MU 6 cnucye
A—G. I-Icno.'1b3Yüme na.ycôoe ymgepyðeHue, oõo.3HaueHHoe
õwcgoü, ntOJLbKO OÔUH pam B 3aÔaHUU ecmb OÔHO
nuuLHee ymgepyôeHue. Bbl yc.lbnuume 3anucb OgaycÔbL. 3aHecume C80U
omeembl 6 maõuugy BI.
A
I
realised that I didn't want to be friends with a particular group.
B
I
made a friend because of a problem i had.
C
I
make sure that I am not influenced by my friends.
D
I
have found out what is important to me in a friend.
E
I
disapprove of something my friend did.
F
This
friend made a new situation much easier for me.
G
I
don't know what to do about a problem I have with a friend.

Bbl yc.lbltuume õeceôy ð6YX
ðpyt3eù o MeyôYHapoðH0ü npoepa.wwe yqaU4U.MUCH.
Onpeôe.uume, '€atcue 113 npu6eðëHHbtx ymeepyðenuù
Al—A7 coomgemcmewom coôepycaHu10 mewcma (1— True), na»cue He
coomgemcmgwom (2 — False) u O qëM 6 meKcme He chca3CIH0, mo ecntb Ha
OCH06CLHUU mehccma He.1b3H ðamb Hu no.zoycume.1bHoeo, Hu ompugame.1bHoeo
omgema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycJtbLtuume 3anucb ð"1YÔb1.
Oõgeôume nPa6UJLbHbLÜ omgem.
Pete
usually spends the summer with his grandparents.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Amy thinks that the student exchange programme was
expensive. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Amy
stayed in one place on her trip.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Amy
wishes the other students on the trip had been from her country.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
At first, Amy's parents didn't want her to go on the
trip. 1 True       2 False            3 Not stated
Both Pete and Amy enjoy Indian food. 1 True   2 False            3
Not stated
Pete
isn't interested in visiting India.
1
True           2
False            3 Not stated

Bbl
ycJLbtuzume yeHuguHY, paccyca3btecnougwo o ceoë.lt g,'6JteqeHuu
ÕaÓOLIKCIMU. B aaðaHusžx A8—A14 oõ6eOume
gutþpg 1, 2 UJIU 3, coomgemcm6wougwo H0,uepy 6bLÕpaHHoeo ga.uu
gapuawna ont6ema. Bbl YCJ1b11-uume 3anucb Ogayôbl.
The narrator says that his interest in butterflies began
1 after a visit to the countryside.
2
after
he was given a butterfly net. 3 after he saw a rare one.
The narrator says that his friends 1 didn't know about
his hobby.
2
teased
him about his hobby.
3
weren't
interested in his hobby.
The narrator tells us that he prefers to take photos that
1 are unusual.
2
are
very creative.
3
show
how butterflies live.
There are fewer butterflies now because 1 the weather has
changed.
2
there
are fewer flowers.
3
areas
of countryside have disappeared.
The narrator says that the Stratford-upon-Avon butterfly
farm 1 is trying to save butterfly species.
2
sells
butterflies to other farms.
3
gets
its butterflies from abroad.
When the narrator says 'it wouldn't be my cup of tea' he
means 1 he wouldn't release butterflies at his wedding.
2 he doesn't like the idea of making business out of
butterflies. 3 he has no plans to get married any time soon.
The
narrator is
I
the owner of a garden centre.
2
a
professional gardener.
3
a
writer for gardening magazines.

MACTb
2 - 'ITEHhE

YcmaH0Bume coomeemcmeue .ueyðy 3ae0JL06}€a.uu A—H u
me*€cma.uu 1—7. 3aHecume cgou omgemb[ B maõ.uuuy B2 Mcn0JLb3Yüme
'cayðwo õwcgy mo.,1bK0 OÔUH pas. B 3aÔm-tuu OÔUH
3ae0J1060}t- Jtuuœuù.

A   Be careful
B   Taking time off
C   A new preference
D   A good holiday choice
1     Many
young people are no longer choosing to take up traditional team sports such as
football, basketball and cricket. A growing number of teenagers and young
adults are choosing action or extreme sports such as canoeing and bungee-
jumping. They are often attracted to the risk and the lack of rules and
structure in these spoils. Apparently, it's all about expressing yourself and
escaping from reality!
2     Bored
with your job? Fed up with your crazy lifestyle? Why not consider a career
break and pack your bags for a year of travel? It's a great way to recharge
your batteries and get a fresh new perspective on life. Employers are starting
to see the benefits of a break from routine and some are even offering these
kinds ofbreaks to their employees.
3     Skeleton
racing is becoming a popular winter sport. It is similar to bobsledding and
luge racing in that races take place in sleds on ice, but there is an important
difference — there are no brakes or steering wheels on the sleds! Racers are
tested on their ability to drive the sled by slightly shifting their weight
while  at speeds of 1 30 kilometres per hour.
Needless to say. this is no easy task!
4     The
National Trust cares for some of Britain's most beautiful buildings and
countryside. The Trust owns thousands of properties including
E
F
G
H
A challenging sport
Protecting and preserving
Team sports
A unique holiday
over two hundred mansion
houses and gardens. It also owns many other historic places and protects parts
of Britain's wonderful long coastline.
5     Shopping,
banking, socialising and researching: it seems evewone is online for one reason
or another. But all this online activity has meant many cases of Internet
fraud. So, when online, users should only use secure sites and they should
never give out personal information. Online interactions can be very useful and
convenient, but users must make sure that they protect themselves.
6     Every
year, many students from Pennsylvania. USA, spend part of their summer at an
unusual summer camp. Spy Camp is like no other summer camp. Campers receive
training in martial arts, rescue missions skills and spy techniques. Basically,
it's an adventure camp that teaches sports, teamwork and critical thinking: all
useful skills either for becoming a secret agent or just for normal life.
7

Camping is an affordable and fun holiday. Campers choose where they want to
camp and can move to a new campsite whenever they like. They experience 'the
great outdoors' and often practise new skills, like cooking over an open fire.
Besides having the necessary equipment, campers should know some basic survival
skills to ensure a fun and safe trip.

'IACTb
2 - '-ITEH"E

1

2

3

4

5

6

Ilpogumaüme meKcm u
aanom-tume nponyctcu 1—6 qacmmtu npeô.qoyeHuü, 050.3HatWHHb1MU
õwcga.uu A—G. OÔ}ta us gacmeü 6 cnuctce A—G JLUIUHHSI.
3aHecume õwcgy, oõ03Hagawugyro coomæmcmgwouwo gacntb npeô.zoyemut,
6 maõuugy B3.

Everyone has heard of Hollywood — it's
  the film capital of the world! But in 1853, a small mud hut was all that
  existed there. By 1870, however, a farming community had established itself
  in the area and was successfully growing crops.
In the 1880s, a wealthy man named Harvey Henderson
  Wilcox moved to Los Angeles,
So how did Hollywood get its name?
  Well, some say that in 1883, Mr. Wilcox's wife met a wealthy lady on a train
  who had named her country house 'Hollywood'. Mrs Wilcox liked the name, 2)
  .....
By 1900, the
  community had a population of around 500. There was a post office, a hotel,
  two markets and even a newspaper. In 1903,
Hollywood became a municipality and in 1904
A
  and then stayed on to make several more films before
  returning to New York
B
  which is how the Hollywood film industry was born
C
  where he bought a large area of land to the west of the
  city

travel between Hollywood and Los Angeles became faster
  and easier when a new transport system called 'the Hollywood Boulevard' was
  established. New trolley cars replaced the old streetcars, 3) ..... .
Los Angeles continued to
  grow in size and in 1910 the people of Hollywood voted to join the city, 4)
In the same year, the director D W
  Griffith arrived in Hollywood. He and his actors filmed In O/d California 5)
  ..... .
When other film-makers heard about this
  wonderful place called Hollywood, they started heading out there too, 6)
  ..... .
These days, around 600 films are made
  in the studios in Hollywood each year.
E
  and decided to give it to her home, too
F
  because no one dreamed it would become so faqnous
G
  which used to take two hours to do the ten-mile journey

D because it was too impractical to supply
water to the areas separately

Settling
Down

'I've
become quite an expert at this.' Helen thought as she sorted through yet
another overflowing drawer. She had relocated constantly over the last few
years as her company had assigned her to differeÀt projects around the
country. She normally worked on six-month contracts. going into organisations
to reorganise their personnel departments. To begin with, she had stayed in
hotels, but the novelty had soon worn off. She enjoyed having her room cleaned
and tidied and her bed made for her at first, for example, but then she found
herself longing for independence and a place of her own. And so she now
insisted on being given her own accommodation. After all, this benefited the
company as she was no longer claiming expenses for food and laundry.
Helen
remembered her worst experience of staying in a hotel. It had been in Aberdeen,
Scotland, where she had ended up staying for nine months. Her room had been
changed constantly, so she had never known which room she would be sleeping in
from one week to the next. On top of that, she didn't like the hotel
restaurant. Aberdeen cattle produce fine steak and the Scots are rightly proud
of it. but as Helen never ate meat, she had practically survived on toasted
cheese sandwiches for the whole of her stay.
Now she was onto Bristol. yet another
new city. The contract this time was for a full year. The local water company
was planning to reduce their workforce by at least thiny per cent over this
period. Helen was beginning to get tiredof always being the bearer of bad news.
When she had chosen her profession at college, she had imagined it would be
rewarding, but it was becoming rare to find a business planning to expand.
Still, the company had found her a studio flat in a quiet residential area and Prom
the photographs she had seen Helen thought it looked quite promising.
Bristol
was a beautiful city with some stunning architecture. The City Museum and Art
Gallery was one of Helen's favourite buildings and as admission was free she
began to pop in whenever she was passing. Before long she was on first name
terms with the museum staff and they would let her know in advance about
upcoming lectures and other events.
Meanwhile,
Helen realised that she was no longer so eager to get to work. At first, she
put this down to the depressing nature ofthe task. then to the dull, cold
office she was working in. However, she finally had to admit that she had been
spending whole days just getting through the day, impatient for it to end so
that she could visit the museum. Helen knew that her feelings would not change.
She eventually decided that this contract would be her last.
Once
Helen had made her decision to leave her job she found that the days passed
much more quickly. She wanted to leave her job with good references and so she
carried on working really hard. She also began job hunting. As she looked
through the vacancies in the local newspaper, one in particular caught her eye.
It was for an exhibition coordinator at the City Museum and An Gallery. The
salary was much less than Helen was currently earning. but it would be enough
for her to live on. Her administration and management skills would both be
usefill and she felt hopeful of obtaining an interview. 'What a nice place to
call home,' she thought as her bus crawled through the city centre.

4
saving money.
A16 The
writer uses the phrase 'the novelty had soon worn off' (paragraph I) to mean
that 1 Helen had started to miss the comforts of home.
2
Helen's
company had stopped allowing her to stay in hotels.
3
Helen
had quickly become tired of staying in hotels.
4
Helen
had chosen to do things differently to other people.
The writer suggests that the hotel in Scotland 1 wasn't a
very popular hotel.
2
didn't
listen to any of Helen's complaints.
3
was
near the countryside.
4
didn't
have a very varied restaurant menu.
Helen was finding it more and more difficult to 1 act
professionally at work.
2
adapt
to new environments.
3
tell
people they had lost their job. 4 find suitable accommodation.
Helen
was 'on first name terms' (paragraph 4) with the staff at the museum because
she
1
sometimes
gave talks at the museum.
2
enjoyed
chatting to them about architecture.
3
visited
the museum frequently.
4
donated
money to the museum.

A20

In paragraph five, we learn that Helen spent her working
day 1 doing as little as she could.
2
wishing
she were somewhere else.
3
feeling
sorry for herself.
4
doing
dull, boring tasks.
In the final paragraph, we learn that Helen felt 1
satisfied with the decision she had made.
2
anxious
that she wouldn't get the job at the museum.
3
nervous
that she was making the wrong decision.
4
convinced
that she would get the job at the museum.
llpoqumaùme
npugeôëHHb1ü Huye men-cm. TTpeoõpa3Yüme, ec.uu
HeoÕXOÔUM0, CJLOea, HaneqamaHHbLe 3ae.ua6HbL.,WU ÕYK8a.MU 6
'COHue cmp0K, OÕ03HazœHHbtX H0MepaB4—BIO, man, qmoõbt OHU
epa.MJ,tamuqecru coomge.mcmgoga.zu coðep.yamno mencma. 3ano.1Hume nponyc}cu
no.zyqeHHb1Jtu CU06a»tU. Kayðblü nponycn• coomgemcm6yem
omðeJ1bH0.uy 3aÔa1--tu}0 epynnbL B4—BIO.
No More Tears
                                                   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . very
sensitive to the smell of raw onions since I was   BE

a
  child. In fact, whenever my mother chopped onions, I had to run out of the
  kitchen. As I .
  . on my own for quite a few years now, this is quite a problem because I
  enjoy cooking and love the taste of onions in my food. Unfortunately, until
  recently, I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a way of
  chopping or

LIVE
NOT FIND

slicing the raw ingredient without my
eyes .
with          FILL tears.
.
many strange remedies, such as holding a spoon TELL in your mouth or chewing
gum while chopping onions, but none of them work, of course.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . to a friend about the problem last night, and he
TALK told me about his own, very effective, method. It was so obvious, really.
So the next
time I have to chop some onions, . his FOLLOW advice and wear my swimming
goggles!
2 Ilpoyumaüme
npugeOëHHbtù Huye meRcm. TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ec.rtu
HeOÕXOðUMO, cnoaa, HanegamaHHbte 3aeJta6Hb1Jtu óyyga.uu 6
1-COH14e cmpon, OÕ03HayeHHb1X HO.yepa.wu B11—B16, maK, gmoõbi OHU
epa„w.uamugecnu u .71eKCUqecyu coomæmcmeoeauu coôepyantuo mencma.
3an0JIHume nponycnu nouyqeHHbtJtu cuoea,wu. Kaycðbtü nponyc}c
coomeemcmgyem omðeJLbH0.uy 3aðaHtu-0 113 epynnb[ BI I—B16.
The Fairy Chimneys
One of the
strangest landscapes in the world can be found in Cappadocia, Turkey, where
there are thousands of . . . . . . . . . . cone-shaped USUAL formations known
as the Fairy Chimneys. These chimneys were created over time by volcanic
eruptions, wind and rain and they give a MAGIC appearance to the region!
Local
tradition says that the Fairy Chimneys are inhabited by pens, which are good
fairies from the Middle East. They are beautiful winged females with golden
hair, bright eyes and pale skin.
                                             The
area has an extremely  history. When the                   INTEREST
Romans
invaded in the 2nd century, monks sought isolation in the chimneys. Then,
centuries later, they used them to hide from ArabINVADE
Many
civilisations, over thousands of years, have carved houses, as well as churches
and shops, into the Fairy Chimneys. There are also underground cities in the
rock formations and many ancient wall              DRAW The Fairy Chimneys are
part of a large . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . park and
the NATION area is on the UNESCO World Heritage list because it is so unique.
3 Tlpoqumaüme me}ccm c
nponycwa.wu, OÕ03HaZWHHb1MU HOMepa,wu A22—A28. 9mu H0Mepa coomgemcmgwom
3aÔaHIÆ.,u A22—A28, 6 Komopt,tx npeôcmaBJWHb1 603310% Hbte
capuaHmt,L omeernog. Oõgeôume HO.wep 6b1ÕpaHHoeo cantu
gapuawna omgema.
The
Watchman

A25

. .
  . . . . a lamp in one hand. "What was there to worry

A26

It was William's first evening on the
job, in October of 1 862, and it was just getting• A22 . The lamplighter
was busy lighting the street lamps with the
wick at the end of his long pole. William's task was clear; patrol the small
cobbled streets  of Whitechapel and make• A23 . .
. . . . the area was safe. Due to a shortage of watchmen, he was alone.
However, he felt satisfied that he had received enough .
.. ... to do his job well. He wore a blue tailcoat and a top hat and he asked
himself. "A drunkard sleeping at the side
of the road?" Or if he witnessed a tight between two men, he could quickly
separate them with his wooden baton.

MACTb 3 - rPAMMATMKA h
  JIEKC"KA

A27

Indeed,
it seemed that his first night was going to be a very quiet one. Suddenly,
however, when he had only one hour ... . . . before the end of his shift, he
saw a man running down a small street. He thought it was probably nothing, but
he quickly blew out his lamp and ran after the man. Before long, he heard a
second set of footsteps running in front of the man; those of a woman. Then, it
all happened so quickly; the moment he turned the corner, the lady's scream,
the swing of his baton and . . . ... a wanted criminal lying on the road.

1

dusk

2

late

3

dark

4
  night

1

positive

2

sure

3

clear

4 settled

1

training

2

exercise

3

lessons

4 learning

14.2
  g

1

brought

2

carried

3

took

4 moved

1

for

2

from

3

about

4 at

1

extra

2

over

3

still

4
  left

1

finally

2

at
  last

3

after all

4 latest

'IACtb4•
English-speaking
pen-friend Alex who writes:
So, what type of music do gou and your friends like to
listen to? I love rock music, but / usually have to listen to it on mg
headphones if / want the music loud. The television is on most of the time in
our house. Does gour family spend a lot of time watching television? What kind
of programmes do you like best?
Last weekend there was a music
festival in our town and some of the loco/ bands played ...
Write a letter to Alex. In
your letter answer his questions
• ask 3 questions about the musiêfestival
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"Mang people dream of
becoming a famous celebrity, but fame can bring mang pressures and problems.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of being
famous? Write 200-250 words.
Use the
following plan:
write an introduction (state the problem/
topic) list the advantages and give reasons/examples list disadvantages and
give reasons/examples
(give
your opinion or a balanced consideration of the topic)

CYS 1 AYAhP
                                   Bbl
ycJlbLtuume                                                      uecmu
MOJIOÔblX euoðeù O UUCOJlbHbLX
.YcmaH06ume
coomeemcmeue •zeyôy  naycðoeo eogopmgeeo 1—6 u ym6epHôeHu51Jtu, ÔaHHbL.UU 6
cnucne A —G. I•Icno.1b3Yüme Kaycðoe ymeepyðeHue,
oõo3Ha1WHHoe õwcgoü, nt0JLbK0 oÔUH pa.3. B
.3aôaHuu ecmb OÔHO nuuutee ymeeporcðertue. Bbl ycJ1b1tuume
3anucb Ô6aYÔb1.3aHecume CBOU omeembt 6 maíqugy Bl.
A  I like to be really active in the
school holidays.
B
I'm fed up of
doing the same thing in the school holidays.
C
I don't know if
I'll be able to have the holiday I want this year.
D  It's important to me  in the school
holidays.
E
I don't really
enjoy the school holidays.
F
I have
responsibilities in the school holidays, but I don't mind. G I always try to
learn something new in the school holidays.
                      1

Bbl yc.lbltuume õeceðy ()gyx ()py.3eü o
õoonacHocmu. Onpeðenume, Kanue 113 npu6eðëHHbtx
ymeepyðeHuü Al—A7 coomgemcmgwom coôepyamuo melccma (1— True) ,
Kanue He coomgemcmewom (2 — False) u o 6 mencme He cnaaaH0, mo ecmb Ha
OCHOBCZHUII me}ccrna He.'1b3H ðamb nouoyumeJ1bHoeo, Hit ompugameJ1bHoeo
omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycJ1b1tuume 3anucb Ô6aYÔb[.  Oõaeôume
npaeu.1bHb1ù omgem.

Jack will join the girls when they go
out tomorrow night.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
A few people from the school have been attacked by the
muggers.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Jack and Katie both think that Mike
reacted well when the muggers attacked him.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Katie's parents think that girls are
more likely to be attacked than boys. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Jack goes out in the town centre quite often.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Katie is interested in joining Jack's judo class.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated
Lots of students have already signed up for the
school's self-defence course.
                           1 True                 2
False                 3 Not stated

'IAC1b 1 - AYAHPOBAWE

Bbl ycJ1btuume
uwnepeblo c nucameue.w. B 3aôaHIÕ1x Ä8—Ä14
oõgeôume gucþpy 1 , 2 uuu 3, coomeemcmewotuwo HOMepy
6b1ÕpaHHoeo 611Mu gapuaHtna omgema. Bbl ycv!lbltuume 3anucb
Ogayôbt.
Roger
feels that reviews of his latest novel have been
1
positive.
2
mixed.
3 unfair.
Roger
suggests that the reason he became a writer is because he
1
dislikes
routine.
2
enjoys
working by himself.
3
didn't
want to work every day.
AIO When Roger says he can't answer a
question 'in black and white', he means
1 he wishes he had an answer.
2
he
hasn't thought about it.
3
there
isn't one, simple answer.
Roger remarks that he sometimes still has difficulty 1
dealing with rejection.
2
finding
publishers.
3
accepting
criticism.

A12

Roger emphasises the importance of 1 taking regular
breaks.
2
having
a daily writing routine.
3
writing
when in the right mood.
According
to Roger, the best thing about having one of his books made into a film was
I
the publicity he got.
2
the
money he made.
3
the
celebrities he met.

A 14

Roger says he likes to read
I
the same books again and again.
2
books
by new authors.
3
non-fiction
more than fiction.

A   Reading trends
B   Unusual clothing
C   A scenic journey
D   Understanding nature
1     An
American company has developed a way to attach insect repellent to material.
They are therefore selling hats. shirts and trousers made of treated fabric.
They have even developed a  scarf for dogs to protect them from nasty
bites. too! The repellent stays on fabric tòr up to twenty-five washes.
2     People
are reading more magazines these days as they have such busy lifestyles. It's
easy to pick up a magazine. read a few short articles, then put it down again
and get on with your day. Online magazines are particularly popular. especially
with teenagers. After all. they are a fast and cheap way for them to keep up
with the latest fashions and celebrity news. Unfortunately. though. people are
now reading fewer books.
3     The
Japanese kimono is a dress that originated as far back as the 5th century and
it is still worn in Japan today. Both men and women wear the same long silk
robes with wide sleeves and an obi. An obi is a kind of belt which is wrapped
around the robe and tied at the back. Todayt the Japanese traditionally wear
kimonos on special occasions.

3

4

5

6

7

4

The most popular way to travel in America is by car. One famous route that
tourists often take is Highway I in California. This takes past some
of the most picturesque
E     An important connection
F     Hardworking insects
G    A continuing tradition
H    Interactive reading
places in the world. In particular, between San
Francisco and Los Angeles. there are breathtaking views of the magnificent
Pacific Ocean.
5      The
caterpillar of the silkworm moth has been used in silk production for thousands
of years. The silkworm is native to China but has been domesticated all over
the world. The moth lives for only two or three days and during this time it
does not eat and hardly ever flies. The females lay between 300 and 500 eggs.
then the larvae spin a cocoon of one continuous strand of silk. This is. on
average, 900 metres long.
6      The
ancient trade route linking China with the V\Cst is often called 'the Silk
Route-. This route carried goods and ideas betueen the two great civilisations
of Rome and China from 100 BC. Silk was taken towards the west, while wool,
gold and silver were taken east. At one time. the Silk Route was the longest
road on Earth. but not many people travelled along its whole length.
7      Have
you ever read a book which allows you. the reader, to decide parts ofthe plot
or change the ending? théll, computer technology now allows readers to
interact with these kinds of stories in more ways than ever. Hopefully. they
will capture the interest of today's high-tech generation and encourage them to
read more.

For thousands of years, man has
gazed up at the stars and dreamed of reaching them.
On 4th October 1957, the very first steps
towards making this dream a reality took place when the Soviet Union launched
Sputnik l, 1) ..... .
The USA began to increase its own efforts to
'conquer' space, 2) ..... On 31st January 1958, the Americans launched their
first satellite, Explorer l.
However,
by this time, the Soviets had already gone one step further. A couple of months
previously, on 3rd November 1957, they had
successfully
sent a dog, Laika, into space. In the great 'space race', the Soviets were
making very fast progress, 3) ..... .
But then, on 21st December 1968, the USA
launched the Apollo 8 mission, which was
A
while
the Americans were being left behind
B
which
had amazed the public
C
and
this has since become one of the most famous quotes in the English language
D

the
first man-made satellite to successfully orbit the Earth
mankind's
first attempt to take human beings to the Moon and back. The Apollo 8 team took
three days to reach the moon, 4) ....
Today,
the race to explore space continues. To date, the most memorable event has been
man's landing on the moon. On 20th July 1969, American Neil Armstrong became
the first human being to ever set foot on the surface of the moon. Worldwide,
an estimated half a billion people watched him do this, 5) .....
When Armstrong stepped on the moon's
surface, he said "That's one small step for (a) man, one giant leap for
mankind" 6) .
Mankind's exploration of space has only
just begun. Who knows what other incredible wonders are waiting for us among
the stars?
E
as
a result of the Soviets' success
F
which
was the largest television audience for a live broadcast at that time
G
which
they then circled for twenty hours

Traffic wasn't allowed in the
town centre any more. apart from buses and taxis and even they couldn't use the
high street. Barry wondered whether this was a good thing or not. Custom at his
shoe repair business' been affected one way or the other, but he was trying to
remember how it had been before.
He was
sure that somehow the town centre had seemed more alive than now. OK, he
thought, now there were flowerbeds and little gazebos where shoppers could rest
their feet or examine their purchases. But he missed the hustle and bustle,
especially around five o•clock when everyone was rushing home from work. It was
strangely quiet now without vehicles hooting their horns and his regular
customers didn't stop to chat while they were looking out for their bus any more.
They simply picked up their shoes and dashed off to the bus station.
In the
summer, Barry would sometimes stand in the shop doorway enjoying the sunshine
as he watched the world go by. A young man came in on Saturdays to give him a
hand, but for the rest ofthe week he was on his own. He liked it that way. Ifhe
wanted to pop into the café for a bite to eat, he would just leave a
note on the door. "Back in five minutes." Everyone knew that really
meant half an hour.
One day, returning from the
café after a particularly tasty lunch. Barry found a woman waiting for
him. "Where have you been?" she asked crossly. "Five minutes!
More like fifty!" Barry was lost for words. As he fumbled with the lock,
she explained why she was there. It was about her son, Phillip, who helped out
on Saturdays. She had come to tell Barry that he was away on a school trip. so
she would be taking his place at the shop that Saturday.
"No,
honestly, there's no need," Barry protested. The last thing he wanted was
his Saturday ruined by this bossy woman. "No, I insist and that's the end
of it." Barry knew when he was beaten. After she had left, Barry thought
of plenty of things that he could have said, but it was too late. He began to
dread Saturday. Perhaps he could take the day off, pretend he was ill or
something.
But
Saturday was Barry's busiest day and he couldn't afford to lose a day's
takings. Sure enough, as the town hall clock struck nine, the woman burst
through the door of Barry's shop. She immediately started on the jumble of
shoes and boots awaiting collection, sorting them into piles according to the
date they had been left for repair. Even some of the customers stared
open-mouthed. Then. just before lunchtime, she decided to start on the pile of
papenvork in Barry's office at the back of the shop.
By now,
Barry was totally exhausted just from watching her. "Please slow down for
a minute," he pleaded. "Can't we pop next door for a quick cup of
tea?" "Only for five minutes, I promise. " The woman laughed and
closed the filing cabinet she had just staned looking through. "Okay, but
only five minutes and then I've got some great ideas for improving your
business. "

1
Barry's
shop.
2
life
in the town.
3
traffic
in the town. 4 the high street.
In paragraph Ñ'O, the phrase 'hustle and bustle'
means 1 noisy and busy activity.
2
traffic
congestion.
3
large
groups of people.
4
friendliness
in the community.
Barry preferred working alone because he 1 didn't trust
anyone else to help him.
2
wasn't
a very sociable person.
3
was
free to do as he pleased. 4 often worked unusual hours.
The woman had come to see Barry in order to 1 express her
anger about something.
2
inform
him of a decision she had made.
3
apologise
for her son.
4
pick
up a pair of shoes.
Barry didn't argue with the woman because I he felt a
little afraid of her.
2
she
left before he could speak.
3      he
knew she was right.
4
he
thought it was a waste of time.

A20

The woman spent Saturday morning 1 re-organising the
shop.
2
energetically
helping customers.
3
cleaning
and tidying the shop.
4
doing
all of Barry's work for him.
In the final paragraph, the writer suggests that the
woman 1 thought that Barry was lazy and disorganised.
2
was
interested in working at the shop every Saturday.
3
was
enthusiastic about making changes to the shop.
4
had
been trying to make Barry work harder than usual.
Ef9
Tlpoztumaüme
npugeðëHHbLü Huye mewcm. TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecnu
HeoÕxoÔu.M0, catoga, Hane¼amaHHbte 3aeua6HbtMU
õwcgamu 6 ROHge cmpmc, OÕ03HaqeHHbtX Homepaazu B4—BIO, man,
qmoõbt OHU coomgemcmgogauu coôepyaHtuo rneKcma. 3an0JIHume
nponycnu nOJIY¼eHHb1MU CJLOßCIMU. KayôbLü nponycR
coomeemcmgyem omðeJ1bH0.wy saÔaHLIH) epynnbL B4—BIO.
Trip
to London
It was Saturday afternoon and Anna . in her bedroom
talking on her SIT mobile phone to her best friend Kelly.
. . . . . . . . about going to London
for a weekend break for months TALK now," said Anna.
"l know!" laughed Kelly. "So when
"Well, what about the weekend after next?"
asked Anna. "Are you free? I
                                                                            . .
on the radio this morning that there's a big jazz festival in London           HEAR
"Oh, I can't that weekend,"
Kelly replied. I've promised my grandmother that I'll spend that Saturday her
and I realty don't want to cancel because we each
otherfor NOT SEE
"Never mind. What about the væekend after
that?" said Anna. "My older brother and one of his friends
. . . .. ... ......... down
to l_ondon that weekend. We could geta liftwith them."
"Sounds great," said Kelly excitedly, "but
are you sure your brother and his friend

                                                      . .
. . . . . . . . . us going with them?"                                                                                NOT
MIND

"Well,
even if they do, my mum will make sure they don't have any say in the
matter!" laughed Anna. "So, it's settled then. Now all we need to do
is book a hotel."
2
Tlpoqumaüme npueeðëHHbtÜ Huyce men-cm.
TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecJIU Heoõxoðu.uo, catoga, HanegamaHHb1e
.3aeua6Hb1.n,tu õwcga.ltu 6 KOH14e cmpo}£, OÕ03HageHHb{X
HOJtepa»tu B11—B16, man, qmoõbl OHU apant.wamuqec}€u u coomgemcmeogauu
coôepyaHtuo mencma. 3ano.1Hume nponyc}cu nOJtyueHHbtJtu cJ106amu.
KayôbLù nponycK coome;emcmeyem omÔe.1bH0MY 3aÔaHu}0
epynnbL Bl 1 —B16.
Cockney Rhyming Slang
                          Cockney
rhyming slang is a                                                        . of
phrases used by people from East            COLLECT
London, England, based on words that
rhyme with the words someone wants to say. Some people believe
that Londoners began to use cockney rhyming slang during the 16th century, but
nobody knows for certain.
                                                                                way
of speaking is often heard among the market traders of ffist        USUAL
London. Many say that they used to use this secret
language among themselves so that their . were unable to understand Miat
theywere saying. Others say thatCUSTOM
it was a way of keeping people together as the Cockneys had a strong sense of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . and wanted
to exclude strangers. COMMUNE Today, many of the most common . . . . .
. . . . . . in cockney rhyming slang are EXPRESS now used in normal everyday
English. The saying 'use your loaf', which means 'think', comes from the
rhyming shng 'loaf of bread', which rhymes with 'head'.
Some experts claim that cockney rhyming slang isn't used
as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . any FREQUENT more, but one thing is certain;
just like any language, it is always changing and evolving.

We packed up our camp in Marrakech and drove towards the
coast. We soon reached As-Sawirah, which is a lovely old town. It was exactly
what I expected a true Moroccan town to look A22 with its whitewashed houses and winding streets. There
was none of the noise and crowds of the city and there was a nice cool ..... from
the ocean. Anyway, it was my dad's birthday so I .
through the streets to try to find a phone booth to call him from.

A25

A26

A27

ht
this v.ould be easy, but after about fifteen minutes, I still hadn't had any.
So I asked a lady in a small shop where I could make a call and she directed me
to the post office. soon found the post office, but was shocked to see that all
of the phone booths outside were out of. . I went inside and was told to try
next door. I did this, but I vas informed that it was not possible to make a
reverse charge call from Morocco to England; I had to a phone card.
AÇparently, phone cards were• • from the post office, so I went back
there, only to be told that they had out of phone cards! On the vay back to the
town square, l found another kiosk where I finally bought a card. This gave me
three whole minutes to wish my dad a happy birthday!

A22

1

for

2 about

3
  as                     4

like

A23

1

breeze

2 blow

3
  air                     4

gust

A24

1

moved

2 crawled

3
  wandered       4

slipped

A25

1

fortune

2 opportunity

3
  chance             4

luck

1

working

2 order

3 performance 4

running

A27

1

available

2 suitable

3
  provided         4

found

A28

1

gone

2 run

3
  finished           4

bought

MACTb 4 - "MCbMO

You have just spent the weekend in London with your
    family, but unfortunately you left your diary in your room at the bed and
    breakfast you stayed in. Write a letter to the owner of the bed and
    breakfast explaining what has happened. Tell him where you left your diary
    and what it looks like and ask him if he can send it to you if he finds it.
Write
    100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have seen the
    following announcement in an international magazine.
Write us an article about gour favourite place. In
    gour article:
describe the place (where
    it is, what it looks like, what gou can do there, etc) sag whg you like it
    so much
Write
    your article for the magazine. Write 200-250 words.
Use
    the following plan:
 write an introduction
    (state the topic, explain what you will do in the essay)  describe
    the place  say why you like it so
    much (include examples) write a conclusion (mention final
    comments/feelings)

'IACTb
  1 - AYAhPOBAHhE

Practice Test 17
Bbl
ycamuume 6btC}€a3btgaHua tuecmu JIH)ðeü o moat, war OHU cnpawworncfl c
npoõnemaMtl. .VcmaH0ßume coomgemcmgue .ueycôy
6btoca3b16a,yumtu Kayðoeo eoeopnugeeo 1—6 u ymoeprcôeHIÆJtu,
aaHHb1MU 6 cnucn•e A—G. I•Icnwtb3Yüme nayðoe ymgepyðeHue,
0503HaqeHHoe õYK60ü, mo.'LbE0 oðuH pa.3. B 3aÔaHuu ecmt,
OÔHO nuuuæe ymeepy('el-cue. Bbl ycJ1bnuume 3anucb
ÔgaYÔb1.3aHecume ceou omgembl 6 maõauuy BI.
A
I
help everyone else with their problems.
B
I
prefer a family member to help me with my problems.
C
My
friends support me in what I want to do.
D
I
prefer to try to sogve my problems myself.
E
I
appreciate the advice I get from skilled people who don't know me.
F
I
don't have a problem that many of my friends have. G I ask people's advice, but
I often don't follow it.

6

2
Bbl
yc.,lbttuume õeceôy ôeyx ôpy.3eü o M(1Hepax
nogeôemuz. Onpeôeuume, 'calcue u3 npueeôëHHb1.x
ymeepyôeHuü Al—A7 coomgemcmgwom coôepyaHtuo meKcma (1— True) ,
nawue He coomeemcmgwom (2 — False) u o qëM 8 mewcme He cwa.3aH0, mo
ecnžb Ha OCH06aHUU meKcma He,1b3.q Oamb nonoyume.lbhtoeo, Hu
ornpugameJ1bHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl yc.lbtutume 3anucb
ðgayðbt. Oõ6eôume npaeuJ1bHb1ü omgem.
It took Marion longer than usual to get to school this
morning. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Ben
hates being late.
1
True          2
False            3 Not stated
Marion
believes that most parents think manners are very important.
                              1
True                     2 False                3 Not stated
Ben
feels that his life is getting busier and busier.
                              1
True                     2 False                 3 Not stated
Ben thinks TV is partly responsible for impolite
behaviour. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Ben
tries to calm Marion down.
                              1
True                      2 False                  3 Not stated
Marion
might not catch the bus tomorrow.
                              1
True                     2 False                 3 Not stated
                   17                                                         HACTb
-
3
Bbl yc.lbltuume
yeHU4UHY, paccwa3b16cnougwo o paõome ôo.upaõomHugeü. B
3aðaHustx A8—Ä14 oõgeôume gucþpy 1, 2 unu 3,
coomeemcmewougwo Homepy 8b1ÕpaHHoeo 6a.4tu gapuaHma omaema. Bbl
ycJ1b1tuume 3anucb ôeaycðbl.
Barbara
suggests that house-sitting benefits
1
the
home-owner more.
2
the
house-sitter more. 3 both parties equally.
Barbara says that house-sitting has grown in popularity
because 1 home-owners' attitudes have changed.
2
there
are more burglaries nowadays.
3
more
people are going away for long holidays.
AI
C) :Barbara has got many of her house-sitting jobs through
1
newspaper
adverts.
2
friends'
contacts.
3
advertising on a website.
Barbara
implies that house-sitting
I
is hard work compared to being at home.
2 can sometimes be boring or stressful. 3 suits organised
people.
Barbara
suggests that some home-owners
I
leave too many complicated instructions.
2
don't
communicate enough with the house-sitter.
3
don't
have enough confidence in their house-sitter.
When Barbara says it is important that home-owners and
house-sitters 'see eye-to-eye', she means they should
1 come to an agreement on certain things. 2 be honest
with each other.
3
accept
that they will disagree sometimes.
A14
Barbara : says a wise home-owner
I
finds out as much as they can about the house-sitter.
2
does
not choose a stranger for the job.
3
interviews
many house-sitters before choosing one.
       A An international pastime                                                           E

B A new form of expression

F

Playing with numbers

C The evolution of an art

G

Two-wheeled crime fighters

D Rising crime

H

Help from technology

1 In the city of Fairfax, USA.
  police have

video diaries on social networking
  sites on the

discovered
  a new way to fight crime — on

Internet
  or sometimes they even get shown on

bicycles! Car break-ins, vandalism. muggings and other types
  ofstreet crime were rising until

reality shows or teen TV programmes.

police
  officers took to the streets on bikes. The

5

The
  modern game of Sudoku was the brain

•bike
  patrol' team has been successful because

child of an American architect
  called Howard

they
  are able to move around quickly and

Garns.
  First published in a well-known

quietly,
  so they often catch criminals in the act.

magazine in 1979, the game reached the height of its
  popularity in 2005. Each puzzle has only

2 There
  are many teashops and cafés in London,

one
  solution and it is reached by entering digits

but
  one in particular stands out from the rest.

into
  blank spaces in a three by three square.

In
  this unusual café, customers can paint on

Every
  row and every column must contain one

ceramic, glass and wood or make pottery while sipping their
  cup of tea or coffee. They have a

of each digit one to nine.

chance
  to refresh themselves and explore their

6

Police
  officers in Edinburgh, Scotland, think

creativity
  at the same time. The café also hosts

they
  might have come up with a simple way to

creative parties for both adults
  and children.

decrease vandalism and theft in their city. They are asking
  people to text the names of

3 Scrabble is a game for two to tour
  players and

criminals or details of crimes they
  have

it
  is played in over one hundred countries in

witnessed
  to them. Not only will the witnesses

almost
  thirty different languages. The aim of

remain anonymous. but they can
  claim a

the
  game is to form words using lettered tiles

reward if
  any criminals are charged and

on
  the game board, which is marked out in a

convicted.

fifteen by fifteen grid design. Like a
crossword puzzle, words can be formed either vertically 7 Graffiti is not new.
Examples of this art form or horizontally. date back to ancient Greece and Rome
where graffiti was often simple images and messages 4 Video diaries have become
very popular declaring love or simple ideas. In modern among teenagers. Armed
with a video camera times. the preferred tools used to create graffiti or
mobile phone, teenagers record their are colourful markers or spray paints. The
experiences or the world around them as a way messages are now different and
often express of presenting their views. They then post their political and
social ideas.

'n
ght

me
y to hey of
rave
and
form there
  sages )dern ratT1ti
(pre

   Practice Test 17

a

2 Ilpot¿umaüme
  men-cm u 3ano.1Hume nponycyu 1—6 gacmfl.wu npeôJtoyeHuü,
  OÕ03HaLteHHbt.uu A—G. OðHa 11.3 ¼acmeü B cnucwe A—G
  Jiuu1HAvq. 3aHecume 6!/£6!,', oõo.3Haqcnougwo coomeemcmgwougwo
  gacmb npeðaoyeHlÆ, e maÕJLUU1y' B3.
The ancient Olympic Games took place between women were
  able to compete in almost every the 8th century BC and the 4th century AD in
  sport. different parts of Greece. However, in 393 AD, the

Roman emperor
  Theodosius I banned the games. The Olympic flame was lit at the start of the
  ancient games and was kept burning until the end. One thousand five hundred
  years later, in 1896, This symbolised the death and rebirth of Greek the
  first modern Olympic Games took place in heroes. Nowadays, an Olympic flame
  or torch is Athens. The ancient games lasted only one day still a symbol of
  the Olympic Games, 4) ..... .
until
  684 BC, 1) ..... . They are now held in a different country once every four
  years and last a The first 'torch relay' took place in 1936 for the maximum
  of sixteen days. Berlin games. Now, before every Olympics the torch is
  carried around the world, usually by Women were neither allowed to compete in
  nor runners, 5) ..... . watch the ancient games because Olympia was dedicated
  to Zeus 2) ..... . If a woman was caught The ancient games rewarded winning
  athletes watching the games, she was punished. with an olive branch or a
  crown of olive leaves. In
1896, the winning athletes were
  given a crown of

      Women had their own games, however,
  3) .                   olive leaves and a medal 6) ..... .

Still, the women were only allowed to take part in foot
  races. Women first participated in the The Olympic Games have undergone many
  Olympic Games in 1900, but only in tennis and golf. changes over the years,
  but they will always be This  changed
  slowly with every Olympiad until about athletes taking part to do the best
  they can.

A      and
  the first games only included E and was therefore considered a one event, a
  short race sacred area that women weren't allowed in
B      which
  were held in honour of Hera, the wife of Zeus  F but a new one is always
  designed each time
C      when
  they were extended to three days and then later to five G but it wasn't until
  1904 that the modern medal system began to
D
  and then used to light the fire in be used
L         the
  stadium at the start of the games

7

1

2

3

   4        5       6

The Wedding Present

The
wedding was only a week away and Alice still hadn't bought a wedding gift. Like
most young couples did nowadays, her niece and her partner had sent out a
wedding list. A local department store wduld keep a list of items that the
couple had requested and family and friends would choose which one they wanted
to pay for. You could buy an entire dinner service or just one plate depending
on how generous you were feeling. Alice didn't really approve. She didn't want
to have to choose between a coffee maker and a set of mixing bowls because
that's all that was left. It wasn't that Alice was mean. She just didn't want to buy the same kind of
gift as everyone else.
When
Joanna had been younger, she had often come to stay with Alice during the
summer holidays when both her parents had been working. Alice didn't have any
children of her own so she had enjoyed having Joanna around. They used to go
swimming or take a picnic to the park. Alice had five nieces and four nephews
in total but she found herself looking fonvard to seeing Joanna a little more.
Yes, she definitely had a soft spot for Joanna.
Alice
spent the day tidying up the house and garden. She was sweeping the autumn
leaves off the porch when she remembered how Joanna used to collect leaves and
flowers and press them into the pages of a book. Even now she would often scold
Alice for not recycling more of her household rubbish or for leaving the tap running.

That evening, Alice didn't
study the wedding list as she had planned. Instead. she switched on her
computer and clicked on her Internet browser. After a couple of hours, she had
foum the information she needed and was able to rela in front ofthe television.
The following mo she got up early, made herself a cup of tea am looked through the notes
she had taken. By tel o'clock, she'd sorted everything out, ha. confirmed the
arrangements by telephone ant was feeling pretty pleased with herself.
Well, the
wedding ceremony went smoothly, th sun shone and the bride looked beautiful.
Alie was eager for Joanna and her new husband to se the wedding present she had
bought for them Well, of course. they wouldn't be able to actuall• see it, but
they would know what she had bou for them and she was confident that the
wouldn't be disappointed. She couldn't wait t' see the look on their faces. The
weddin: reception was being held in the local hotel and al the gifts were on
display in the foyer. Once the' had greeted all their guests, the happy coupl'
would look at the presents and cards.
"Oh,
thank you so much, Aunt Alice! What ; lovely present!" Joanna said
passionately, her eye moistening as she bent to kiss Alice. "How 01 earth
did you think of that?" "Well remembered how you used to love trees
when you were small, so I thought it would be the perfec present. " The
other guests at the table smiled one of them asked Alice what her gift was.
"I'M bought them a tree, " she said proudly. "It's beilu planted
today in a wood nearby with a with their names on it next to it.
But the thing is that they will be able to visit the wood anc watch it grow
over the years. "

2
  - HTEH"E •

17
We
learn from the first paragraph that Alice
1
was
finding it difficult to choose between two possible gifts.
2
found
everything on the wedding list too expensive.
3
wanted
to buy an original wedding gift for her niece.
4
thought
that wedding gifts were generally very important.
When the writer says Alice 'had a soft spot for Joanna'
in the second paragraph, he means that she
1
never
got annoyed with her.
2
worried
about her a lot.
3
felt
a lot of affection for her. 4 always made time for her.

Ali

In the third paragraph, we learn
1
how
Joanna and Alice usually spent time together.
2
how
close Joanna felt to Alice.
3
what
Joanna's personality was like. 4 what Joanna cared about.
In the fourth paragraph, the writer suggests that Alice 1
suddenly knew what she wanted to buy Joanna.
2
researched
an item on the wedding list on the Internet.
3
surfed
the Internet to take her mind off the gift.
4
phoned
friends and family to ask advice about the gift.
After the wedding ceremony,
Alice felt
1
a
bit worried that the couple wouldn't like her gift.
2
excited
about the couple's reaction to her gift.
3
sure
that the couple would be surprised by her gift.
4
confident
that her gift would stand out from the rest.
A20 When
the couple opened Alice's gift, Joanna was
I
speechless.
2
emotional.
3
confused.
4
thoughtful.
Alice told the guests she particularly liked that the
gift 1 was long-lasting.
2
would
remind Joanna of her childhood.
3
would
help the environment. 4 suited Joanna's character.
10  Ero
                        'IACTb
3 - rPAMMAThKA JIEKC"KA      Practice Test 1
Tlpoztumaüme
npueeôëHHbLü Huye men-cm. Tlpeoõpawüme, ecuu
HeoÕX0ðUM0, cuc ea, HaneqamaHHbte 3ae.ffl6HbtMU Õynea.WU
*COHge cmpmc, OÕ03HaqeHHbtX H0.wepa B4—BIO, maw, umoõb[ OHU
epaM.}tamuztecycu coomgemcmgoganu coðepyaH11h mŒcma. 3an0JIHume
nponycKu c.'106ctMu. Kayôblù nponycu coorngemcmeyem
omðeJ1bH0MY 3aðaHLtH) 113 epynnbt B4—BIO.
More Haste Less Speed

It
  was a warm August Sunday and Katy and her brother Johnny . . . . . . . . .
  their parents in the garden all afternoon.
By six o'clock everyone was feeling hot
  and tired. "How about an ice cream?" asked Mr Green. "Yes,
  please!" replied the children. Mr Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Katy some money and she ran off happily to the corner shop.
Now, the most
  wonderful Italian ice cream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . at this
  shop by a Mr Cafolla, Mr Cafolla also knew everything that was going on in
  the neighbourhood.
. (you) the
  gardening?" he asked Katy. "Oh yes," she replied. "Now we
  need ice cream. Can I have four strawberry cones, please?"
She was afraid the ice
  creams          .               so she started to run. Butas she hurried back
  along the pavement with the cones in her hands, a dog suddenly appeared out
  of nowhere.
Katy .
  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . him until the last moment and almost fell over
  him. The ice cream scoops landed on the street like four strawberry
  snowballs. Her parents couldn't stop laughing when Katy arrived still

HELP
GIVE MAKE
FINISH MELT
NOT SEE
HOLD

four empty cones. "Don't worry," said Mr Green,
"l will go and buy some more!"
2 Tlpowmaüme npugeôëHHbtü Huye meKcm.
IIpeoõpa3Yüme, ec.zu HeoÕxoðu.uo, cnoga, HaneqamaHHbte
.3ae.za6Hb1.wu õwcga.wu 6 'COHge cmpoK, OÕ03HaqeHHbtX HOJtepa.uu
B11—B16, man, qmoõbt OHU epa.u.uamuyecnu u JleKcuqeCìcu
coomæmcmeogaau coÔepyaHtuo mencma. 3an0JLHume nponycnu
nOJtyqeHHb1.MU CJt06aJtu. KayôbLù nponycy coomæmcmgyem
ornôeJ1bH0.uy 3aôaHtuo 113 epynnbt Bl I—B16.
Destruction
and Beauty
The
largest volcanic eruption of the 20th century occurred in June 1912 in the
state of Alaska, USA. During the three days of the
eruption, there was total . in the DARK area and there was so much ash and gas
in the atmosphere that breathing outdoors was
. The cloud of ash and gas
was thousands of miles across and POSSIBLE covered southern Alaska and western
Canada. Water became undrinkable, radio
. . . . . . . . . . were interrupted and many
houses collapsed undertheweight COMMUNICATE of ash. There was also significant
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . damage; many plants and
ENVIRONMENT wildlife were destroyed and the area took years to recover.
Believe it or not, despite their . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . nature, it is also possible to find DESTRUCT diamonds on or around some
volcanoes. These diamonds are usually brought to the top of the volcano by an
eruption. There is an active volcano called Dotsero, in Yellowstone National
Park, USA, for example, where diamonds can be found. The volcano last erupted
about 4,000 years ago and it is not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to
climb. þs they are not of good quality, anyone DANGER who finds any
diamonds is allowed to keep them!

'IACTb 3 - rPAMMAWIKA

.nEKCb•1KA

17

3 Ilpogumaüme muccm c nponycl-ca.uu,
0603HaqeHHb1MU H0Mepa,uu Ä22—A28. 9mu H0àtepa coomeemcmgwom
3aôaHt1fl.M A22—A28, 8 womopbtx npeôcma6.ueHbL 60.3M09fC Hbte
gapua,L£ntbL omgem06. Oõgeôume HO.MQ 8bL6PaHHOZO ea.wu
gapuaHma omgema.
The Creature

A22

It was evening, and I had been fishing all afternoon. I
hadn't had muchhowever, so I decided to go home and try again the next day.

my

A23

My truck was parked close by so it didn't take me long to
load up ., but I had to make two trips. I made it to my truck with the first
load. Then, as I turned to get theof my things, I saw it.
I could not believe my eyes. There was a
large, hairy creature sitting . . . . . . the pond I had just been fishing  in.
It appeared to be drinking from the pond. It also seemed to be unaware that it
was being watched or perhaps it knew, but didn't  When
the creature had finished drinking, it made a strange noise, stood up and
walked away from the pond and out of
I stood there for what seemed like hours. I could not
make sense of what I had just seen. After all, I didn't believe
A28 . .
. . . . such things! I suppose it might have been some kind of bear, but all
the same, I am never going to

 fish in that pond again.

A22

I

chance

2 luck

3

opportunity 4 possibility

A23

I

equipment

2 luggage

3

appliances
  4 instruments

A24

I

addition

2 rest

3

second            4
  others

A25

I

down

2 to

3

by                    4
  over

A26

I

interest

2 trouble

3

concern          4
  care

A27

I

appearance

2 sight

3

look                 4
  scene

A28

1 to

2 about

           3
  In                      4 of

MACTb
  4 - mqcbM0

You
  have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Becky who
  writes:
.
  In towns and cities in Great Britain, houses and flats are often quite small
  with only 2 or 3 bedrooms. / have to share mg bedroom with mg younger sister.
  What about you — do gou have to share too or do gou have gour own room? Would
  you rather live in the town or in the countrg?
What ore homes like in
  Russian towns and cities?
/ have just come bock from staging with mg uncle in
  Wales. He's a dairy former with a herd of about two hundred cows .
Write a letter to Becky. In your
  letter answer her questions ask 3 questions about her holiday with her uncle
  in Wales
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment on the following
  statement.
"Mang
  people believe that taking part in sports is very beneficial to young people,
  so al/ teenagers should take part in at least one.
What is your opinion?
  Should all teenagers take part in at least one sport? Write 200-250 words.
Use
  the following plan:
write an introduction (state the
  problem/topic) express your personal opinion and give reasons for it give
  arguments for the other point of view and explain why you don't agree with it
  draw a conclusion

Practice Test
Bbl yc.,lbtutume 6b1CRa3b16CLHUH uecmu
.noôeü o me.'teguOeHuu. YcmaHoeume coomgemcmeue ateyôy
6b1ChZ13b16CIHIU1.MU Kaycðoeo eoeopqugeeo I —6 u ymeep.ycâemuwu,
ÔaHHb1MU B cnucn•e A—G. I•fcn0J1b3yüme nayðoe ymgepyôemze,
oõ03HaqeHHoe õwcgoü, mo.'LbK0 OÔUH pas. B
3aôaHuu ecmb OÔHO .uuuu-æe ymgepyôertue. Bbl yc.umuume
3anucb ðeayôbl. 3a,qecume cgou om6embL g maõJtugy Bl.
A
I
think television can sometimes be misleading.
B
Watching
TV helps me to cope with my busy lifestyle.
C
I
mainly watch TV to be entertained.
D
I
find TV a great way to learn.
E
I
find one aspect of Watching TV really annoying.
F
I
feel that watching TV can be a waste of my time. G I think TV can have a bad
influence on people.

2
Bbl
yc.lt,nuume 6eceôy ôeyx ()pweü o paõome no
ôo.lty. Onpeaeuume, wanue 113 npueeôëHHbtx
ymgepyðeHuù Al —.47 coomgemcmgwom coôep.ycaH11H) mencma (1—
True) , »can-ue He coomgemcmgwom (2 — False) u o qëM 6 mencme He cwa.3aH0,
mo ecmb Ha OCH06(1Huu meKcma He.'1b3H (Iamb Hu nonoyumeJLbHoeo, ompugame.,'1bHoeo
omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl ycut,nuume 3anuct, ðeaycðbt.
Oõgeôume npaeu.lb}£btü omeem.
Frank complains about the level of noise at home. I True       2
False            3 Not stated
Staceys mum has a full-time job. 1 True 2 False 3 Not
stated
Stacey
has to do all the washing-up at home.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Stacey
helps out more at home than Frank does.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Frank
is finding it difficult to finish all his homework on time.
                      1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Frank agrees with Stacey's dad's attitude towards kids
helping out. 1 True 2 False 3 Not stated
Stacey
thinks Robert is disadvantaged.
                      1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
3
Bbl yc.lbnuume
*tyycuuty, paccn•a3bL6mougeeo o cmapo.w ôpyee. B .3aðaHuax A8—A14
oõeeôume gumpy 1 , 2 UUU 3, coomgemcmewouwo H0.uepy
6b1Õpa,HHoeo Bantu 6apuaHma omgema. Bbl yc.llbttuume .3anuct,
aaayðbt.
When the narrator first saw Joe's photograph in the newspaper,
he 1 thought he was someone else.
2 couldn't remember who he was. 3 recognised him
immediately.
The narrator comments that the sports centre 1 was the
best building in town.
2
had
received some bad publicity.
3
was
being talked about too much.

AIO

When talking about his failed job application, the
narrator suggests 1 he is glad now that he didn't get the job.
2 he never really expected to get the job. 3 he would
have been good at the job.
The way Joe looked in the photo made the narrator feel 1
jealous.
2
motivated.
3
discouraged.
The narrator got a job straight after leaving school
because he I couldn't afford to go to university.
2
wanted
to stay in his home town.
3
didn't
want to continue studying.
The narrator thought that his friend Tom I probably
hadn't seen the photo of Joe.
2
was
still in contact with Joe.
3
had
been the best basketball player at school.
After the three friends met again for the first time,
they 1 remained good friends.
2 met occasionally at the sports centre. 3 went into
business together.

YACTb 2 - 'ITEHhE

Test
YcmaH06ume
coomgemcmgue .nteyêy u mercma.wu 1—7. 3aHecume cgou omeembt 6
maõ.nugy B2 ÞIcno.1b3Yüme »cayôwo (5wcgy mo.'lb}co
oôuH pa.3. B 3aôaHuu oðuH 3aZOJ1060K .zuuHuü.

A Most traditional meal

E A very special night

B Learning about nature

F Young ones in the past

     C Discovering new places

G Unusual events

D An unusual interest

H A healthy custom

1 In American high schools, a 'prom'
  or formal

group of performing artists decided to put on

ball
  is always held for students celebrating the

their
  unusual productions outside of normal

end of their final year. Graduating
  students

theatres. Today, the Edinburgh Fringe Festival

often spend
  a long time choosing formal clothes, renting a fancy car or limousine and

is the world's largest fringe
  festival.

having
  professional pictures taken to prepare

5

Students
  at a university in Tennessee. USA

for the 'big event'. The highlight
  of the

can join a rather strangc club. The Student

evening
  is the crowing of a prom king and

Ghost
  Hunter's Club is a group of students

queen.

who investigate and research ghosts and
  other paranormal activity. They spend many nights

2 Laverbread is a traditional Welsh
  delicacy.

at various locations in the hope of seeing or

Laver
  is a kind of smooth seaweed found on

hearing something odd and recording it or

the beaches of Wales. The seaweed is
  boiled for several hours until it turns to a paste. which

capturing it on film.

is then rolled in oatmeal and fried
  with

6

The Natural History Museum in South

seafood for breakfast. Laver is highly

Kensington, London has a collection
  of

nutritious as it is rich in
  protein, iron and

almost seventy million plant and
  animal

vitamins.

specimens.
  Visitors are taken back to the prehistoric era ofthe dinosaurs and then
  travel

3 In Bethnal Green, East London, there is an

through the history of the natural

unusual museum that celebrates
  childhood.

environment
  to the present day. Everyone

The Museum of Childhood houses a national

should leave the museum with a new

collection of images and objects related to childhood.
  Exhibits include toys, games,

understanding of the environment.

clothes and childcare equipment. There are

7

Haggis.
  Scotland's most famous dish, is

many interactive displays for
  children, but the

usually eaten with potatoes and
  turnips.

museum is popular with people of
  all ages.

Haggis is basically a large sausage made from the liver,
  heart and lungs of a sheep and

4 Fringe
  festivals take place all over the world.

oatmeal. Onions, pepper and other
  seasonings

These festivals provide the
  opportunity for

are
  also added for extra flavour. The mixture is

alternative theatre and arts groups to show then put in the stomach of a
sheep and boiled. their talents. The first 'fringe festival' took place in
Edinburgh, Scotland in 1947, when a

3

4

5

6

7

Many of
us have read Robert Louis Stevenson's novel Treasure Islandor have seen films
such as Hook and Pirates of the Caribbean. In these stories, pirates are
portrayed as dishonest men with wooden legs and eye-patches and their own
wicked plans.
However,
in reality, many pirates weren't working for themselves 1) ..... .
After
Columbus' voyage to the New World in 1492, Spain became a powerful force in the
Caribbean. During the 16th and 17th centuries, England, France and the
Netherlands paid private pirate ships to interfere with Spanish trade in the
area, 2) ..... .
The most
famous pirate of all time was the Englishman Edward Teach, also known as
Blackbeard. Blackbeard would board merchant ships by force It is said that he captured about
forty ships during his time at sea. Despite this, there is no evidence that he
ever harmed anyone. If sailors didn't hand over their possessions, Blackbeard
would simply take them to a deserted island and leave them there.
A
and
force all the crew members to jump into the sea
B
which
became known as the
Spanish
Main

1

2

3

4

5

6

C
when
the European military defeated the pirates in the Caribbean
D
without
fearing punishment by the law

Sir Henry Morgan was another
legendary pirate. He was born in Wales but spent most of his life in Jamaica.
Since he was also an admiral in the British Navy, his job there was to protect
the English colony. However, Morgan used the conflict between England and its
enemies to get rich 4) .
Morgan
was one of the few pirates 5) ..... . However, he didn't have much time to
enjoy his riches since he died a few years later due to poor health.
The
'golden age' of piracy ended soon after this, in the 1720s 6) ..... Basically,
it became almost impossible for any pirate to continue invading merchant ships
without being caught. Also, the penalties for piracy were so severe that they
discouraged men from choosing to be pirates.
Today,
there are still some pirates in the world, but like the pirates of the past,
they don't hunt for buried treasure with a parrot on their shoulder. Still,
audiences continue to be both thrilled by and fearful of the many pirates that
they see on the big screen.
E
and
take all their cargo, food and weapons
F
who
was able to retire after having had grqat success
G
but
were hired sailors
Have
you ever noticed how some people are so arrogant that they simply refuse to
listen to advice, even when it is freely offered'? Take our new neighbours, for
instance. I honestly think that they would rather drive their car straight over
the edge of a cliff than take any notice of wellintentioned warnings about
anything. They are the son who simply think they know everything.
 live in one of the most exposed areas in the whole of England, five
hundred feet above sea level and with nothing between us and the •American
continent but the Atlantic Ocean. It's a beautiful place to be on a calm
summer's evening; wonderful sunsets, that kind of thing. Unfortunately. we
enjoy such days about as frequently as we enjoy visits from my brother in
Australia: most of the year there is a howling gale blowing in from the
Atlantic. Which is why people round our way have never dreamt of putting up
huge wooden fences to enclose their gardens. The privacy they offer might be
nice. but we know that a fence like that wouldn't last five minutes, so we just
have a couple of strands of cheap wire between the gardens to mark our
boundaries. All very open and friendly - but evidently our new neighbours next
door didn't see it that way.
Of
course, they never told us what they were planning to do, so we couldn't have
told them that they were making a big mistake, even if we had thought they
would listen! The only warning we had was the arrival of a big lor1Y on one of
our calmer days loaded with timber: three-metre-long wooden posts and
two-metre-high sheets of solid wooden fence. couldn't believe our eyes. And
then things started to turn nasty — velY nasty.

Before the lorry driver and his
colleague had finished unloading the materials to build the fence, another
group ofworkmen turned up in an old van. There were four ofthem, big men armed
with crowbars, pickaxes, spades and goodness knows what else. They looked as
though they were about to rob a bank! To our astonishment, they marched into
our garden without so much as a nod or a wink. Then they started digging holes
for the fence posts, making a terrible mess as they did so. By this time, I had
had enough. The neighbours had conveniently decided to take a short holiday
while all this was going on, so I called the police, who responded quickly.
Politely, they explained to the four gentlemen that, yes, of course they could
put up their nice fence, but not from our garden. The absent neighbour should
have asked us in writing first.
The
next evening, the neighbours were back, looking very pleased with themselves
and their beautiful new fence. In fact, they were so busy congratulating one
another that they failed to notice that the wind was starting to pick up. Not
that they would have attached any significance to this, anyway.
That
night, at about two in the morning and with the wind blowing strongly from the
west, there was a huge crash outside. I didn't bother to get out ofbed to
investigate. I could guess what it was.
There
is some new woodwork in the neighbours' garden now: a 'For Sale' sign. Nobody
around here will be sorry to see them go. And they can take the ruins of their
fence with them.

1
plans.
2
attitude.
3
driving.
4
lifestyle.
The area where the writer lives 1 is popular with
Australian tourists.
2
has
beautiful sunsets most days.
3
has
a very small population.
4
is
extremely close to the sea.

A 17

People •  in the area don't put up fences because 1 they
don't want to block out the beautiful views.
2
they
are very friendly and sociable.
3
they
know they are impractical. 4 they can't afford to.
The writer didn't advise the new neighbours not to put up
a fence because 1 he didn't have the chance until it was too late.
2
he
and his wife were on holiday at the time.
3
he
wasn't on speaking terms with them.
4
he
wanted them to learn a lesson from their mistake.
The writer called the police because the workmen 1 looked
like they could be criminals.
2
didn't
have permission for what they were doing.
3
were
damaging the new neighbours' property. 4 were making noise and causing
disruption.

A20

'this' (line 7, paragraph five) refers
to 1 how the fence looked.
2
the
neighbours' happiness.
3
the
change in the weather. 4 the writer's opinion.
The writer didn't go to find
out what made the noise in the night because 1 he already knew.
2
it
was too windy.
3     he
didn't care.
4
such
noises were common.

ЧАСТЬ З -
  ГРАММАТИКА И лексип

Тем
Прочитайте
привеДённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные
заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В4—В1О, так, чтобы они
грамматически соответствовали соДержанцю текста. Заполните пропуски полученными
словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельному заДанию из группы В4—В1О.
Generation Gap

Last Saturday was ту
  birthday and ту teenage grandson Josh wanted to take те out to do something
  special. “How about going to а rock сопсей?' пе asked. was а bit surprised,
  but
.............d.... toa rockconcert betore, so l said, Mhy
  not?"
Josh knew the theatre manager, so we
  .........................goodseatsnearthefront of the stage. Soon some of
  Josh's school friends joined us. They had соте to see their ckssmate, Andy,
  who ... ... ............ inthe band.
AJ1dy was the drummer and his solo
  was so amazing that couldn't he|p jumping to ту feet and dancing around.  myarmsaboutand
  getting quite carried away. ................ (уои)?" Josh demanded. I
  realised was embarrassing him Јп tront of his triends and sat down again
  quick|y.
“l ат not taking уои to а concert
  ever again!" imagined Josh saying to те hter. But needn't have worried.
  The other boys told Josh afterwards what а соо' granny he had!
(уои) а good time?" heasked
  mewhen we got home. 'Yes," rep'ied. “l             .. to go again
  sometime."

НОТ со GWE
РИУ
WAVE
00
НАК

2 Прочитайте привеДённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова,
напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В11—В16,
так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответствовали содержанию текста.
Заполните пропуски полученными словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельномџ
заданию из группы Ш 1—В16.
St.
Basil's Cathedral

St Basil's Cathedral in Moscow is located at the southeast end of Red
  Square, пек to the КгетЈп, and is опе of Moscow's most famous . |twas built
  between 1555 and 1561 by lvan the ТешЬ|е to commemorate his .................
  military campaign against the Тамг Mongols in 1552.
St Basil's
  consists of nine .. ............ redbrickchapels, each ofwhich has а unique
  onion-shaped dome. . , there were eight chapels, each representing а
  victorious attack оп the city of Каап. But in 1588, Tsar Fedor lvanovich
  added а ninth chapel оп the eastern side above the grave of St Basil.
ln contrast to the stunning ekerior, the inside of St Basil's is quite
  phin. The walls аге painted with foral and geometric patterns and а тае of
  narrow, dimly-lit corridors connects the
0ver the centuries, St Basil's has
  survived fires,                                                         disasters
  and

ВШО
SUCCESS
COLOUR
ORlGlN
DlFFER
НАПЛЕ

invading armies. Тофу, this beautiful
and remarkable building is опе of Moscow's most recognisable symbols and it
continues to delight and атте ан who see it.

YACTb
  3 - rPAMMAThKA VI DEKC"KA

3 Ilpogumaüme mewcm c
nponycwa»tu, OÕ03HtueHHb1J-tu HOJtePa»tu Ä22—A28.3mu
H0Jtepa coomgemcm6wom 3aÔaHIÆ.M A22—Ä28,
6 nomopt,tx npeðcma6JteHb1 603MOY Hbte eapuažzmbl omænt06.
Oõeeôume H0.wep 8b1ÕpaHHoeo gamu eapuawna omæma.
First Day

A22

A23

It was Helen's first day at her new job and things were•
..... even better than she had imagined. In the morning, she had been taken to
meet the managing director of the company and their conversation had been
very..... . With a friendly smite on his face, he had told Helen how pleased he
was that she had joined the company.
.....
the afternoon, her new manager had taken her out to lunch and told her that he
was there to make sure she reached
her full potential. He would always try to help her with
any problem she had, he added.
Her new workmates had been just as welcoming as her boss.
People seemed to work well as a team, which made Helen particularly happy. At
her old workplace, jealously and competitiveness had created an awful A25 ..... in the office.
This was one of the main reasons why Helen had decided that the time had come
to move on.

A26

A28

As she sat at her new desk, Helen thought about how far
she had come. She had always wanted to work for a company as important and
respected as this and now here she was. She was only twenty-six, but her dream
had already come. She turned in her chair and. A27 ..... out of the office window at the city's amazing
skyline. I'll. this day forever, she thought.

A22

1

passing

2

running

3 going

4

happening

A23

1

convincing

2

sympathetic

3 persuasive

4

encouraging

A24

2

Until

3 In

4

From

A25

1

condition

2

atmosphere

3 air

4

surrounding

A26

1

true

2

real

3 right

4

good

A27

1

glared

2

watched

3 gazed

4

viewed

A28

1

memorise

2

remind

3 consider

4

remember

MACTb 4 - nncbM0

You
have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Monica who writes:
I'm
going to a wedding this weekend. It should be a lot of fun. Ang ideas about
what gift / could give? What are weddings like in Russia? What is gour
favourite Russian celebration? Oh, I almost forgot, I've just started taking a
creative writing course .
Write a letter to Monica. In your letter                answer
her questions ask 3 questions about the course
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment
on the following statement.
"At many schools, it
is compulsory for pupils to wear a uniform. This is much better thon letting
students wear their own clothes to school. "
What is your opinion? Should school pupils have to wear
school uniforms? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan:
write
an introduction (state the problem/topic) express your personal opinion and
give reasons for it give arguments for the other point of view and explain why
you don't agree with it draw a conclusion

Bbl
yc.lbtutume 6btCKa3b16aHUH tuecmu JLK)âeü o rco,wnblomepax.
.YcmaH06ume coomgemcmgue me.ycôy nayðoeo eogopqugeeo 1 —6 u
yrn6epyðe,qumtu, OaHHbtMU 6 cnucyce A—G. Mcno.1b3Yüme Icayðoe
ymeepycôeHue, oÕ03HWWHHoe õwceoü, monbK0 OÔUH
pa.3. B .3aðaHuu ecmb OÔHO nuuŒHee ym6epHôeHue. Bbl
ycJ1b1Luume 3anucb ôgayðbl. 3aHecume ceou omeembl 6 maóuuuy
Bl.
A
I
think computers are great for communication.
B
I'm
beginning to use my computer for a lot more.
C
I
need to improve my knowledge of computers.
D
I
spend too much time on my computer.
E
I
couldn't survive without my computer.
F
Computers
have changed the way I work. G I try to avoid using computers.

2       Bbl
ycJ1b1tuume õeceðy ðgyx ôpY3eü o noxoðe no
maea3uHa.M. Onpeôeuume, Kcucue 113 npugeôëHHb1.r
ymgepyðeHuü Al —A 7 coomgemcmgwom coôepyamuo me.xcma (1 — True),
wan-ue He coomgemcmewom (2 — False) u o që.M 6 mewcme He cya3(1H0, mo ecmb
Ha OCHOgaHUU mencma He.'1b3H ôamb Hu no.'toyumeJ1bHoeo, ompuuameJ1bHoeo
omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl yc.zmuume 3anucb ÔgayÔbL.
Oõgeðume npaguJ1bHb1Ü omgem.
Katie
goes to the supermarket with her parents every week.
1
True          2
False            3 Not stated
Katie
thinks that it's safe to buy goods on the Internet.
                                 1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Goods
that Katie orders online sometimes get lost in the post.
                                1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Ron
is happy to buy something that he's only seen in a photograph.
                                 1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
 Ron
and Katie agree that returning items is a disadvantage of online shopping. 1
True 2 False 3 Not stated
Ron
goes shopping very often.
                                1
True                 2 False                 3 Not stated
Katie is going to help Ron
choose a present for his brother.
                                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated

MACTb 1 - AYAMPOBAH"E

3       Bbl ycm-,uuume uwnep8b}0 c
MYY¼UHOÜ-xyðOYHUROM. B 3aôaHuax A8—A14
oõgeôume gutþpy 1 , 2 unu 3, coomeemcmewougwo HO.Ötepy
6b1ÕpaHHoeo Bantu eapuamna omgema. Bbl yc.lb[tuume 3anucb
ðgayôbt.
Rex thinks a person becomes an artist when I the public
recognises them.
2
they
decide that they are.
3
they
begin selling their work.
Rex particularly enjoys painting scenes from 1 his
memory.
2 his imagination. 3 his home town.
AIO
Rex • says that the swle in his paintings is veo.'
1
common.
2
original.
3 varied.
Rex's
remark that his exhibition made 'a huge splash' means
1
it
was on for many weeks.
2
it
was very well advertised.
3
it
received a lot of public attention.
Rex
suggests that he prefers people to buy his art because they
1
believe
it is of high quality.
2
want
to keep it for themselves. 3 want to re-sell it.
Rex hopes that people who see his paintings 1 are
inspired to begin painting, too.
2
interpret
them in their own way.
3
understand
what he was trying to express.
Rex suggests that artists sometimes 1 can't think of
ideas for their paintings.
2
feel
very lonely.
3
have
to put art above everything else.
J'cmaH08ume coomeemcm6ue Meycôy     u
         1—7. 3aHecume ceou omeentbL B maõJtugy B2 Mcno.Zb3Yüme
nayôwo 6YK6!/ mo.'LbKO oôuH pa3. B 3aOaHuu oð11H
.3ae0J10B0žc JIUUHUÜ.

A   Communication through touch
B   Pioneer of air travel
C   Expensive reading
D   Making reading more popular
1     Amelia Earhart was the first woman to
fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean and the first woman to fly solo across the North
American continent and back. In 1937, Earhart attempted to fly around the
world.  Sadly. she disappeared mysteriously somewhere over the Pacific Ocean,
never to be seen again.
2     Braille is a system which enables
blind or partially blind people to read and write. It was developed by a blind
French teenager Louis Braille in 1821. Each Braille character consists of six
raised dots that are felt and interpreted by the reader. It has been adapted to
many different languages, including Chinese.
3     Cult films are films that are not
usually successful when they are first released, but then later attract an
enthusiastic group of followers. These people often watch the films many times. They say that
they like them because there is something different about them. The films can
be of any genre from comedy to horror.

HACTb 2 - 'ITEHhE

4     Concorde was a supersonic aeroplane
that regularly flew across the Atlantic Ocean. Concorde began flying passengers
in 1976. It made it possible to fly from London or Paris to New York or
Washington in about half the
E    Devoted fans
F     High-speed travel
G   Modern-day hero
H   Improving communication
time of
any other passenger plane. Concorde eventually ' retired' on 26th November.
2003.
5     The courage and of Canadian Rick Hansen is an
inspiration to us all. When Rick was fifteen years old, he was paralysed from
the waist down in a car accident. But Rick was determined to show the world
that anything is possible, even in a wheelchair. Rick wheeled around the world
in just over two years, raising twenty-six million dollars for spinal cord
research.
6     Comic books have been popular since
the 1930s, at the time of the creation of Superman and Batman. In the 1960s,
serious comic fans began collecting and studying comic books as a form ofart.
Today, collecting comic books has become a profitable hobby for some. Recently,
one of the original Superman comic books sold for $317,200!
7     These days, many teachers are
beginning to learn more about using body language, facial expressions and eye
contact as a way of improving interaction between teachers and students. By
correctly reading non-verbal behaviour and sending out positive nonverbal
signals. teachers can be in control more easily and therefore improve learning
in the classroom.

3

4

5

The
  moon is the Earth's natural satellite, which

    However,
  several countries have announced

means that it is the only natural
  object which

plans to send either
  people or robots to the

moves
  around the Earth.

moon.
  NASA plans to build a permanent base there 4) Building the base should start
  by

The moon makes a complete orbit
  around the Earth every 27.3 days. The movements of the

about 2020 and will take
  about five years.

moon
  and the Earth create forces 1) .....

The moon has been the subject of many works
  of art and literature and has inspired countless

Every year, the distance between the
  moon and

others.
  In prehistoric and ancient cultures, it was

the Earth increases by 3.8
  cm. Over time, the moon will continue to move slowly away from the

believed
  to be a god 5) ..... .

Earth
  2) ..... . At this point, it will stop moving

One
  of the first people in the western world to

and
  its orbit around the Earth will stabilise.

give
  a scientific explanation for the moon was the Greek philosopher, Anaxagoras,
  who claimed

The
  moon is the only natural object in space that

that the Sun and the moon were not
  gods 6) .....

humans have travelled to and landed
  on. The first

He was put in prison for
  his belief and was later

spacecraft
  to land on the surface of the moon was the Soviet Union's Luna 2, in 1959.
  The US Apollo

forced
  to leave the country.

programme
  achieved the first manned missions to

It wasn't until 1609 when Galileo Galilei built a

the moon, 3) ..... . Since the
  Apollo programme

telescope
  that could examine the moon's surface

ended, no other humans have visited
  the moon.

in detail that people truly began to
  understand the Moon.

A
  but huge, ball-shaped rocks
B    with
  six landings between 1969

E

which are responsible for the tides in
  the Earth's seas and oceans

and 1972
C until it no longer has
  an effect on

F

although
  no life has been found there

the Earth's tides

G

as part of the
  preparations for a

voyage to Mars

D
and even today some people believe it has supernatural powers

1 2 3 4 5

6

Jack packed his sandwiches and
flask oftea into his rucksack. The weather forecast had been quite promising,
but he took his umbrella just in case. He'd been caught out oncq before and
there was nothing worse than trudging home soaked to the skin.
Jack
looked forward to his Sundays spent fishing by the river. Anyone who knew
anything about fishing would have known immediately that Jack was not an
accomplished angler. In fact, he rarely made a catch. But Jack didn't mind
because fishing gave him the perfect reason to sit by the water every weekend.
You
see, Jack worked as an entertainer in a nightclub, which meant that he was
surrounded by loud music and lively people most evenings. This couldn't be more
different to his peaceful trips to the river. In fact, he often felt that he
couldn't get through his busy week without them.
Jack's
two flatmates would tease him mercilessly each time he walked through the door
empty-handed on Sunday evening. Both were football fanatics and could not
understand why Jack would rather sit beside a river than watch the weekend's
footy on TV. At first, he'd been put out by their giggles and remarks, but he'd
soon learned to take them in the good-natured manner in which they were
intended.
What neither of Jack's flatmates
realised was that his fishing trips served another purpose. Jack had been
writing poems for a couple ofyears now and sitting by the river was where he
found his inspiration. Jack didn't let anyone read his poems. Only once had he
thought of submitting a couple ofhis best ones to a literary magazine, but as
the submission deadline had approached, he had lost his confidence, certain
they were not up to standard.
The sun
was shining brightly as Jack cycled towards the river. He had high hopes for
the afternoon ahead. Surely today would be the day that he would at last be
able to finish the poem that he had been trying to write for weeks, he thought.
He even wondered whether he would catch a fish or two.
After
arriving at the riverbank, Jack found himself a sheltered spot on the riverbank
where the river ran deep and the current was strong. He attached a worm to the
hook on his rod and cast his line into the river. Finally, seated on his little
fishing stool, he reached into his bag and pulled out a well-thumbed notebook
and blue writing pen.
Yet
despite the perfect conditions, Jack struggled to write anything. He ate his
sandwiches and went for a short stroll. but that didn't help at all. Then he
sat in the sunshine and looked through his earlier work, hoping for a burst of
creativity. Suddenly, he tèlt a tug on his line. 'A fish!' Jack thought,
as he leapt to his feet to reel his line in. But just as he did so, his
precious notebook, containing all of the poetry he had ever written, was thrown
from his lap into the muddy waters of the river. It began to sink and, within a
few seconds, it had totally disappeared from sight...

1
is
careless with his possessions.
2
always
expects the worst.
3
learns
from experience. 4 is quite forgetful.
In the second paragraph, we
learn that Jack 1 didn't go fishing very often.
2
didn't
take fishing very seriously.
3
had
taught himself how to fish.
4
had
only recently taken up fishing.
'them' (line 6, paragraph three) refers to Jack's I
week-day evenings.
2
work
colleagues.
3
flatmates.
4
fishing
trips.
When
the writer says in paragraph four that Jack was 'put out' by his flatmates'
jokes, it means he was 1 puzzled.

Ali

A20

2

encouraged.
3
annoyed.
4 amused.
In paragraph five, the writer suggests that Jack I
doubted the quality of his poems.
2
had
been discouraged by others' opinions of his poems.
3
didn't
really care what others thought of his poems. 4 dreamt of publishing a book of
poems.
When the writer says that
Jack 'had high hopes' in paragraph six, he means that he I thought he might be
disappointed by his trip.
2
was
looking forward to a relaxing afternoon.
3
felt
that he would achieve a lot that day.
4
felt
that his afternoon would improve his mood.
The writer suggests that Jack was having difficulty
writing because 1 the day was too hot.
2
he
got distracted by reading old poems.
3
he
lacked inspiration.
4
he
was more focused on fishing.

'IACTb
  3 - rPAMMAThKA h JlEKChKA

Ilpoqumaüme
npueeôëHHbLü Hit:yce me}€cm. Tlpeoõpaayüme, ecuu
}WOÕXOÔUMO, CJIOga, HaneLtamaHHbte 3aeaa6Hb1.wu õWC6antu 6
KOHUe cmp0K, OÕ03HaqeHHbLX H0Mepa"tu B4—BIO, mmc, gmoõbt
OHII coomgemcmgoga.zu coôepyaH1í}0 me}ccma. 3an0JLHume nponycwu
nouyqeHHbt.wu c.Y106aJtu. Rayôbtü nponycK coomeemcmgyem
omôe.1bH0MY .3aÔaHU}O u.3 epynnbt B4—BIO.
Time to Spare
Lisa's family went on holiday abroad every summer and
this year was no exception. They
.         to
go to Spain for two weeks.               DECIDE "Come on! Hurry up, Lisa!        have
to leave now or your dad         BE angry," Mrs Brown shouted. '
                   Usa
came running down the stairs with      small bags and a suitcase.
(you) everything?" Lisa's mum asked. 'Yes. Stop
fussing, Mum!" Lisa said, annoyed.
"Your father . in the car for you and your brother
for the last ten WAIT minutes," scolded Ljsa's mum.
"Oh, we have plenty of
time!" Lisa replied, as she grabbed her bags and followed her mother and
brother out of the house. "l don't know why Dad always wants to leave so
early." But in her haste, instead of       . .             upall herbags,
Ljsaleft one small bag lying on the floor.           PICK
. . . ..... . . for long when Lisa
suddenly cried, "Mum! Dad! Don't get NOT DRIVE angry, but I've left one of
my bags at home!"

"We'll
  have to turn back and get it then," stated Mr Brown.
"But
  our plane .. . .... without us!" cried
  Ljsa's brother.
"No,
  it won't," Mr Brown replied, calmly. "That's why I always like to
  leave early. You never know

LEAVE

what might happen."
2
Ilpowmaüme npugeôëHHbtü Huye meycm.
TIpeoõpa3Yüme, ecuu HeOÕXOÔUMO, c.zoea,
Hane¼amaHHbte .3aeJta6HbLMU ÕYK6a»tu 6 KOHge cmpmc,
OÕ03HayeHHbLX HOMepa,vtu B11—B16, ma}£, ymoõbt OHu
epam.uamuqecnu u JlŒcuqecwu coomeemcmeoea.uu coðepyamuo mehccma.
3an0JIHume nponycxu nOJLYLteHHb1MU CJ106aMU. Rayôblü nponyclc
coomeemcmeyem omÔe.1bH0.wy 3aðamno u.3 epynnb[ BI I—B16.
Chess
Chess is a fun and . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . .
board game played between two players. To CHALLENGE beat an opponent, a player
has to move their chess pieces on a chequered board in order to try to capture
their opponent's king.
This is not a new game. It has been played competitively
since the 16th century. The first official chess . . . . . . . . . . . . . was
held in Madrid in 1560 and was won by a priest, COMPETE Father Ruy Lopez de
Segura. Centuries later, in 1886, the first official World Chess . . . . . . .
. .. . . . . . . . . . took place.
Russia has a long history with the game of chess. In
fact, Russia has produced more chess

champions
  than any other country. The most  .
  . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ofthese players is Garry Kasparov. He holds
  the record for the most victories won in a row by any chess player.
1989,

AMAZE

                   In                       he
even played against a chess-playing computer Deep Thought. He won
However, he wasn't so ..... . . . . . . . . in 1997 when
he lost against a newer FORTUNE computer, Deep Blue.
Despite this, Kasparov still remains the best player in
the history of Chess.

HACTb
  3 - rPAMMATMKA VI DEKC"KA

3
Ilpo¼umaüme me}ccrn c                       OÕ03HayeHHb1MU
HOJtepaJtu *422—-428.9mu
H0Jtepa coomeemcmgwom .3aðaHLÆ.M A22—A28, 8
Komopbtx npeôcma6.WHbL 803MOY Hbte gapua,qmbl omeemoe.
Oõgeôume Homep 6btÕpaHHoeo ea.MU gapuaHma omæma.
The First Mobile Phone

A22

A24

On April 3, 1972, a man came out of the Hilton Hotel in
New York, USA, and started walking..... the street. He stopped, .A23 .. a strange object
against his ear and started talking into it. The man was Martin Cooper, General
Manager of a major communications company, and he was making the world's first
telephone call on a mobile phone, nicknamed 'the shoe' because of its unusual

A25

A26

A27

The reason Mr Cooper had gone to New York was to, . the
new phone. The cal' he made was to Joe Engel who worked at a rival company.
Engel was responsible• ..... the development of radiophones for cars. "l
said that I was talking on a real mobile phone that I was holding in my
hand," Cooper reported. "I don't remember what he said in. but l'm
sure he wasn't happy."

A28

You have received a letter
  from your English-speaking pen-friend Jamie who writes:

. / just got a new computer for mg
  birthday. I'm so excited about it! How about gou — do gou have a computer?
  What do gou use computers for? What other high-tech gadget would gou like to
  have?
Mg latest news is that
  I've broken mg arm ...
Write a letter to Jamie. In your
  letter                   answer her questions ask 3 questions about her
  broken arm
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.

Comment on the following
  statement.
"Living
  in a Citg has mang disadvantages. Living in the country also brings its own
  share of problems.
What
  is your opinion? Would you rather live in the city or the country?

The quality of the call made that day was very good,
because although New York had only one base station at the• ., it was being
used by only one user — Martin Cooper!

A22

I

to

2
  by

3

down

4 through

A23

1

held

2
  pulled

3

caught

4
  kept

A.24

I

build

2
  pattern

3

model

4
  shape

A25

1

introduce

2
  welcome

3

insert

4
  begin

A26

1

for

2
  of

3

about

4
  to

A27

1

explanation

2
  reply

3

answer

4 reaction

A28

I

occasion

2
  point

3

moment

4 time

'IACTb 4 - rMCbMO

      '-IACTb 1 - AYAhPOBAHhE                                    20
Bbl yc.ïlbltuume Bb[Cna3b16CIH11H
wecmu JL}OðeÜ o pa.3auž{H0ü eôe. YcmaH08ume
coomæmcmeue nte.ycÔy 6btcya3bteahtuH.uu nayðoeo eogopmgeeo 1—6
u ymgepyðeHuvq.wu, ÔaHHb1',zu 6 cnucre A—G. ÞIcn0J1b3Yüme
}caycôoe ymgepyðeHue, oÕ03HaLteHHoe õgK60ü,
mo.TLbK0 OÔUH pam B 3aôaHuu ecmb OÔHO nuuuæe
ymeepyôe»tue. Bbl ycalbltuume 3anucb ôeayðbl. 3aHecume ceou
omeentbL 6 maõJtugy BI.
A
I
don't have this food often because I know I shouldn't.
B
Preparing
and eating this food relaxes me.
C
I
don't like this food as much as most other people do.
D
I
only recently discoverqd this food.
E
I
eat too much of this food.
F
I've
changed my mind about this food.
G
This
food brings back happy memories for me.

1

2

6

2       Bbl
yc.lbtuume õeceôy ðggx ôpy3eù oõ uepe Ha
MY.3bnca.1bHbtX ul-tcmI)YJternnax. Onpeôeuume, Kan-ue
npueeôëHHbtx ymeepyðehtuù Al—A7 coomge.mcmgwom
coôepyaHtuo mewcma (1— True) , Kcncue He coomeemcmewom (2 — False) u o
qëM B mencme He cxaaaH0, mo ecnžb Ha OCH06CIHUU mewcma Healb3H ()amb
Hu no.ltoyumeJ1bHoeo, Hit ompuuameJ1bHoeo omeema (3 — Not stated). Bbl
yc.llbttuume aanucb ðeayôbl. Oõeeôume
nPa8UJ1bHb1Ù ont6em.
Tim
was advised not to learn to play the violin.
                1
True                  2 False                  3 Not stated
Tim thought learning to play the violin would be easy. 1
True 2 False            3 Not stated
Chloe
plays the piano really well.
                1
True                 2 False                3 Not stated
Tim's parents made him start having music lessons. 1 True
2 False 3 Not stated
Chloe did not like her music teacher. 1 True   2 False            3
Not stated
Tim doesn't think that he practises a lot. 1 True         2
False            3 Not stated
Tim's
ambition is to join an orchestra.
1
True   2
False            3 Not stated

Bbl yc.lbltuume
Jtyyquny, o caoeeo poða OemneJ1bHocmu. B .3aôaHLÆ.t A8—A14
oõeeôume gutþpy 1, 2 unu 3, coomeemcmewougwo HOMepy
BblÓPaHHOZO gavwu gapuaHma omeema. Bbl yc.ÈLbtuume 3anuct,
()gaycðbl.
The narrator decided to make a career change because 1
his family wanted him to.
2
he
no longer looked forward to work.
3       he
wanted a job with less responsibility.
When the narrator started his dog walking business, he 1
had no trouble finding clients.
2 found his previous knowledge of business useful. 3 had
to advertise more than expected.

AIO

The
narrator says that he was surprised by
1
how
challenging running a business was.
2
how
quickly his business became successful.
3
how
many other dog walking businesses there were.

Al l

The
narrator criticises
1
dog
owners who insist that he does things a certain way.
2
people
who think he charges too much for his services. 3 other dog walkers who don't
take their job seriously.
The narrator believes his success is due to his I high
standards.
2 reasonable prices. 3 good fortune.
When the narrator says he gets most new clients 'by
word-of-mouth', he means I his employees spend a lot of time telling people
about his business.
2
he
is good at persuading people to use his services.
3
his
current clients recommend him to other dog owners.

A 1 4

The
narrator ends by saying that
1
dog
walking isn't suitable for everyone.
2
he
wishes he'd become a dog walker sooner.
3
there
are more disadvantages to dog walking than people think.

'IACTb
2 - 'ITEHhE

YcmaH06ume
coomeemcmeue Meyôy A—H u mewcma,'tu 1—7. 3aHecume cgou omeemž,1 8
maõuugy B2 Mcn0JLb3Yüme }cayðwo õwcgy mo."bK0
oôuH pam B 3aðaHuu oôuH 3ae0J1060K JLULUHUÜ.

A   An exciting find
B   Getting close to nature
C   Upcoming show
D   An exciting adventure
1     A
group of art students will be exhibiting their work at a national gallery on
Sunday. The secondary school pupils have been working hard on their projects
for weeks in preparation  for the show. There will be a variety
ofwork on display, including sketches, large canvas paintings and even some 3D
art work. The gallery is open to the public from 10am until 4pm.
2     Thursday
is the deadline for entries into the annual drawing contest. There have been
over one hundred entries so far and it is already clear that it is going to be
hard for the judges to choose the winners this year. Winners will be announced
on Sunday morning and prizes will be awarded by the town mayor in the
afternoon.
3     Many
towns and cities have bookshops where you can find second-hand novels and
nonfiction books. Some of these shops deal in rare books and first editions. It
can be fascinating to look through the stacks of books. You may even find some
lovely old copies of classic stories and favourite tales.
4     It
was reported yesterday that an old manuscript from the 16th century has been
discovered in the attic of a country house. A group of university experts are
currently examining the writing to see if it has any similarities to the famous
authors of the time.
E   The great escape
F    An unusual contest
G  Competition time
H  Looking for a good read
Mrs Anita Gray came across the bound pages when she was
looking tar an old children's book that she wanted to give to her
granddaughter.
5     Adventure
sports shops have had record sales of camping equipment this year as people
make the most of the sunny weather and head out for some fresh air. There are
many different campsites to choose from nowadays ranging from popular woodland
and beachside campsites with great facilities to camping areas at the bases of
mountains or next to beautiful lakes.
6     Research
shows that more people are now fleeing the city centre and moving into the
suburbs. There are many reasons for getting out of the city hub, including
increased levels of pollution and traffic. Many of the families that are moving
are also excited by the idea of having a garden where their children can play
outdoors safely.
7     Ifyou
are looking for a wild ride, then white water rafting is for you. This
thrilling extreme sport involves moving along rapids and fastmoving rivers in a
five-man boat. It can be dangerous but if you're careful and properly equipped
it can be fantastic fun. People of all ages can enjoy this activity and there
are many exciting locations where you can try it out.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

'IACTb 2 -
2 Tlpogumaüme mewcm u 3ano,1Hume nponyc»cu 1—6 Hacmmtu
  npeôuoyeHuü, OÕ03HageHHb1Mu õwcga.wu A—G. OôHa
  LLacmeü 6 cnucl€e A—G JIUIUHRSI. 3aHecume õwcgy,
  oõ03Haqcnougwo coomaemcmgwouu,'lo yacmb npeÔJtoyeHun,

B maõ.augy B3.
The Norse
people lived from about 200-500 A.D. in northern Europe and Scandinavia. After
700 A.D., they began to travel to find new lands and subsequently lived in
parts of Britain, Iceland, Greenland and Russia. From this period on, the Norse
were known as Vikings.
There
were many different Norse tribes and clans who spoke a variety of languages 1)
..... Their family lives, jobs, houses and traditions were very similar and
they had the same beliefs.
Most
Norse people lived on small farms, 2) ..... . These were from 5 to 7 metres
wide and trom 15 to 75 metres long. They usually had stone bases, wooden walls
and dirt floors.
The Norse
people lit fires in the rooms of their houses to give them light and heat and
there were holes in the roof so that the smoke could escape. They had wooden
benches to sit, eat, work and sleep on. Longhouses didn't usually have windows.
In early
Norse times, animals and people lived and worked together in the longhouses.
Later, only
A
so
portion sizes were several times larger than those of today
B
and
they put everything else in other buildings

1

2

3

4

5

6

C
and
were mostly farmers, craftsmen or traders
D
but
they used honey to make food taste sweet
people lived in
the longhouses 3) ..... . Several families often lived in the same longhouse
and worked on the same farm.
Norse
people mainly ate food from their own farms. Their diet consisted of meat,
cereals, dairy produce, vegetables and fruits. They didn't have sugar, 4) .....
. Those who lived near the sea, rivers or lakes ate fish. They used cereals to
make bread and ale — a very popular drink.
Norse
people used spears or bows and arrows to hunt wild animals. They caught deer,
bears and boars, 5) ..... . In the north, they caught seals and walruses for
their meat and skins.
Norse
people usually ate in the morning and in the evening. They ate at a table, and
used wooden bowls and spoons and drank from animal horns. The Norse people
needed a lot of energy, 6) ..... .
The
Norse people worked hard, but they also made time for leisure activities and
celebrations.
E
each
of which had a longhouse
F
but
had a lot of things in common
G
as
well as smaher animals like rabbits
Toby
cupped his hands nervously around his mug of coffee and scanned the shopping
centre concourse hoping to spot him among the crowd of bag-laden shoppers.
"He will come, won't he?" he thought to hhhself, biting his lower lip
to relieve the tension. It would be the first major scoop of his career in
journalism if the informer did turn up, and a huge embarrassment for Toby if he
failed to deliver the front page story he had promised the editor by midnight
that night.
It had
taken Toby nearly ten years to work his way up from his first job at a local
paper to a desk at a national one. He'd mainly covered small local stories and
was only just beginning to make his mark in the world of front page headlines.
Most of the other reporters in the office had been there for years and found
his energy and enthusiasm for the work highly amusing. "You'll
learn," they said, patting him on the shoulder as they trudged wearily to
their desks to punch out another short, snappy news article on their keyboards.
Toby didn't really mind if they sneered at him, because he knew his big break
would come.
When
his chance did finally come, it took him completely by surprise. He had been
working on a story about a government minister's involvement in a national
scandal. There were plenty of rumours flying around, but Toby hadn't managed to
get hold of any concrete evidence. Nobody wanted to talk. Then, one evening at
a cocktail party, someone had approached him and said he could give him all the
proof he needed.

Toby looked at his watch yet
again, the knot of nervousness in the pit of his stomach beginning to turn to
angry resentment. He didn't care if he was young and inexperienced, he didn't
appreciate being taken for a fool. Toby downed the last of his coffee. They
could walk over him now, but the day would come when he would be in a position
to take revenge. It was a moment before Toby realised the informer had slipped
into the seat beside him at the table.
The
last time Toby had seen him he'd been wearing an expensive tailored suit. Now,
he was dressed in casual clothes to better fit in with the more humble surroundings. The
informer halfsmiled at Toby and apologised for keeping him waiting as he pushed a fat envelope
across the table. "You'll find everything you need and more," he
said. "I'm sure it will mean the start of a dazzling career in journalism
for you. "
Toby picked up the envelope and put it in his briefcase, resisting the
urge to rip it open and greedily savour its contents. The informer was right.
This was, without doubt, a fine beginning to an illustrious career as a leading
reporter at one of the country's most respected national newspapers. Toby
fought hard not to appear like a kid with his face gleefully stuck in a cream
cake. "Just one question before you go, " said Toby when he'd got his
composure back. "You've been friends with the minister since your days at
university. Why betray him now?"
As the informer stood up to leave, he patted Toby on the shoulder.
"Ah yes, friends," he said. "Indeed, I've been very useful to
him in his career these past forty years. Now it's his turn to prove useful in
mine." The informer began to walk away. "l shall look forward to
working with you more in the future, Sir, " Toby called after him. The
informer carried on walking with not so much as a backward glance. Toby couldn't stop smiling
as he patted his briefcase.

2
losing
someone in the crowd.
3
having
made a mistake. 4 losing his job.
In the second paragraph, the writer suggests that Toby 1
was more ambitious than his colleagues.
2
respected
and admired his colleagues.
3
didn't
get on well with his colleagues. 4 worked harder than his colleagues.
A 17 Toby's chance to get his first big story came
after 1 he realised the story involved someone he knew.
2
another
journalist offered to help him.
3
he
managed to make the right contacts.
4
he
was unexpectedly offered information.
In the fourth paragraph, the writer implies that Toby
didn't notice the informer arriving because
1
he
had decided that he wouldn't come.

'-IACTb
  2 - 'ITEHVIE

2
he
was lost in thought.
3
he
was approached from behind.
4
he
was expecting him to arrive later.
'it' (line 8, paragraph five) refers to I money that the
informer gave Toby.
2
the
national newspaper.
3
the
news story.
4
the
contents of the envelope.
A20 When Toby received the
envelope, he 1 decided to open it immediately.
2
felt
himself begin to relax.
3
became
suspicious about what was inside. 4
had difficulty in controlling his feelings.
The informer says that he betrayed the minister because 1
it would benefit him.
2
the
minister had betrayed him in the past.
3
he
owed Toby a favour.
4     he
had never liked him.
Прочитайте приведённый
ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными
буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В4—В1О, так, чтобы они
грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными
словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельному заДанию из группы
В4—В1О.
Sharing the Work
................
for the same сотрапу for over ten years, and in all that WORk time they had пен
had ап argument. М that changed |ast Friday, though.
lt was almost time to go home Bill,
grinning wide'y, walked ир to Ray and said, “lt's neady five, Ray. (уои) out
for something to eat?"
Ray looked at ВШ and replied, “l
really wish I could, but it looks like l'H have То do some overtime th•s
evening.'
.................... shocked. “kat?
lt's Friday. Уои can'twork over1ime on a Friday! ВЕ Соте оп, let's get out of
here."
Ray thought tor а second but then
shook his head and said, really can't, Bill. Мг Cameron caHed те into his offce
earlier and asked те if соиКЈ stay late and fnish ир а job for him. Не hasn't
done that before, so couldn't say по.“
Bi11 didn't know what to say. As he               ..............
towards the door, Ray ca]led out    WALk to him. “Неу, тафе сап catch ир with
уои later."
Suddenly, а] the tirnes Ray     to
help him             OFFER when he was having problems оп the job сате tboding
into Bill's mind. “l guess

ЧАСТЬ З - ГРАММАТИКА И лжсип

.., too," he said to Ray.
'We'l' get the job done №ice as fast if there are STAY ............ on
it."
2 Прочитайте привеДённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необхоДимо, слова,
напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В11—В16,
таю, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответствовали содержанию текста.
Заполните пропуски полученными словами. КажДый пропуск соответствует отДельному
заданию из группы Ш 1—В16.
The Future of Mobile
Phones

phone calls
  or send text messages.
Today, not оп|у сап уои take pictures and shoot
  videos with your mobile, уои сап use it to send emai|s, surf the Web, listen
  to music and even get
So, with mobiIe technology moving so quickly, it is interesting to think
  about what the average mobile . ... ....... wifl be doingwith their phone in
  the future.
Опе меру
  possible future .. is that а small сыр will be put inside mobile phones so
  that people сап use them as а credit or debit card. То рау for goods in а
  shop, уои would simply hold the phone ир to а specia| reader and your account
  would бе charged.
Уои will probably a|so be able to use your mobile phone as а front door
  ог саг Кеу, so уои won't have to сапу your keys around anymore.
But the truly revolutionary changes
  wj'l соте when intetligent so*re allows mobibs to predict your needs, learn
  your . ............... and recognise yourspeech,

DlRECT
USE
DEVELOP

ВЕНА'/Е

Mobile phone technobgy has соте а(п) .
long way in a short time. ЕХТВЕМЕ fact, it's almost ditfcu|t to beheve that
just а few years ago, we only used moblle phones to таке
So, it seems that soon mobile phones
will Ьесоте even тоге necessary to people's than they are today
1 3
Ilpoqumaüme men-cm c nponyctca.wu, OÕ03HawHHb1.uu HOMepa.WU
A22—Ä28.9mu
HO.wepa coomgerncmgwom 3aðaH.uH.M A 22—-428, 6
'comopbtx npeðcma6.weHbt 60.3M0.yc Hbte gapuaHrnbL omeemog.
Oõgeôume        6btÕpaHHoeo ga,wu gapuaHma omeema.
Skiing
in Scotland

JIEKC"KA

A22

You might not think of Scotland as a winter . t. sports,
but some excellent skiing can be found in several ski areas there, including in
the area around Ben Nevis, the highest mountain in the British Isles.

A24

Mlile skiing. A23 . ..... in
Scotland aren't as good or as reliable as in the Alps, ski-lovers don't let
this..... them off. In fact, Scotland often offers them the chance to ski down
almost empty slopes. After a. A25 ...... snowfall, however, the slopes
can get very busy, especially at weekends.
There are five ski centres in Scotland which have slopes
..... for skiers of different levels of ability, from beginners to advanced
skiers. There are even several black runs down glaciers, which are the steepest
and most dangerous types of runs, for experienced skiers only! The most famous
of these is called 'The Flypaper' in the Glencoe ski area.
 There
are many cable cars and chair lifts that take skiers to the           ..... of
Scotland's ski runs. Al in all, Scotland's ski

resorts
  are A28

. value for money with
  cheap hotels, friendly instructors and great skiing.

    A22                I

destination
  2 space                        3 position                   4 department

    A23                I

surroundings
  2 situations  3 conditions 4 circumstances

    A24                I

throw               2
  push                      3 take                  4 put

   A25           1

high                  2
  hard                      3 tough           4 heavy

    A26                1

useful               2
  suitable               3 convenient 4 correct

    A27                I

point                2
  head                     3 top               4 height

   A28            I

good                 2
  high                      3 nice              4 cheap

'IACTb
  4 - rwqcbM0

You want to ask a successful
  businessman, Charles Burns, to give a talk at your school's Careers Day.
  Write him a letter inviting him to speak at the Careers Day. Mention the
  topic and length of the talk and where and when it would be held.
Write
  100-140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
Comment on the following
  statement.
"The future of
  our planet depends on our children. Fortunately, there are mang steps that
  can be taken to teach children to care for the environment.
What can be done to teach children to care for the
  environment? Write 200-250 words.
Use
  the following plan:
write an introduction (state the
  problem/topic)  list suggestions and
  results/consequences  draw a conclusion
  (summarise your opinion)

P

roctice
PAPERS for the Russian
National Ехат
Учебное
пособие с аудиоприложением содержит
20 вариантов тестов в
формате ЕГЭ по английскому языку.               2010
Пособие поможет максимально
эффективно обеспечить   ReMised edition подготовку учащихся к
итоговой аттестации.
Отличительные черты пособия:
+ вариативные задания,
соответствующие повышенному (В1) и высокому
(В2) уровням подготовки к ЕГЭ
Ф разнообразные
по жанрам тексты для аудирования и чтения
+ образцы выполнения заданий
по всем видам речевой деятельности
Пособие включает в себя следующие компоненты:
+ книга для учащихся с аудиоприложением
Ф книга для учителя
ISBN
978-5-09-022296-9
9 785090
222969
                         Express
Publishing ПРОСВЕЩЕНИЕи З Д А, т е л ь с

intro:
Данное учебное пособие с аудиоприложением содержит 20 вариантов тестов по английскому языку в формате ЕГЭ.
Отличительными чертами учебника являются вариативные задания, соответствующие повышенному и высокому уровням подготовки к ЕГЭ, а также разнообразные по жанрам тексты для аудирования и чтения. Следует отметить и замечательные образцы выполнения заданий по всем видам речевой деятельности.

title: Афанасьева О., Эванс В., Копылова В. — Practice Exam Papers for the Russian National Exam